WO2023231971A1 - Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node - Google Patents

Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023231971A1
WO2023231971A1 PCT/CN2023/096856 CN2023096856W WO2023231971A1 WO 2023231971 A1 WO2023231971 A1 WO 2023231971A1 CN 2023096856 W CN2023096856 W CN 2023096856W WO 2023231971 A1 WO2023231971 A1 WO 2023231971A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
srs resource
group
signaling
signal
power control
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/096856
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴克颖
张晓博
Original Assignee
上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 filed Critical 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023231971A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023231971A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/06TPC algorithms
    • H04W52/14Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • the present application relates to transmission methods and devices in wireless communication systems, in particular to wireless signal transmission methods and devices in wireless communication systems supporting cellular networks.
  • Multi-antenna technology is a key technology in the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partner Project) LTE (Long-term Evolution) system and NR (New Radio) system. Additional spatial degrees of freedom are obtained by configuring multiple antennas at communication nodes, such as base stations or UEs (User Equipment). Multiple antennas use beamforming to form beams pointing in a specific direction to improve communication quality. The degree of freedom provided by multiple antenna systems can be exploited to improve transmission reliability and/or throughput. When multiple antennas belong to multiple TRPs (Transmitter Receiver Points, transmitting and receiving nodes)/panels (antenna panels), additional diversity gain can be obtained by utilizing the spatial differences between different TRPs/panels.
  • TRPs Transmitter Receiver Points, transmitting and receiving nodes
  • panels panels
  • additional diversity gain can be obtained by utilizing the spatial differences between different TRPs/panels.
  • a UE can be configured with multiple SRS (Sounding Reference Signal) resource sets based on codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (non-codebook). Different SRS resource sets correspond to different beams/TRP/ panel, used to implement multi-beam/TRP/panel uplink transmission.
  • codebook codebook
  • non-codebook non-codebook
  • Uplink signals based on different SRS resource sets can occupy mutually orthogonal time domain resources, such as the approach in R17, or can also occupy overlapping time domain resources.
  • the applicant found through research that when uplink signals based on different SRS resource sets occupy overlapping time domain resources, the impact on uplink power control is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • this application discloses a solution. It should be noted that although the above description uses cellular networks and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets as examples, this application is also applicable to other scenarios such as sidelink transmission and uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set, and obtains It is similar to the technical effects in cellular networks and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets.
  • This application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized by including:
  • Receive first signaling the first signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the first signal
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission
  • the antenna port of the first signal includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  • the problems to be solved by this application include: power control problem of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets.
  • the first bit group is used to determine the first power control parameter group used in uplink power control of the first signal, which solves this problem.
  • characteristics of the above method include: both the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are used to determine the antenna port for sending the first signal, but the The calculation of the transmit power uses only one power control parameter group, that is, the first power control parameter group.
  • the benefits of the above method include: solving the power control problem of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets.
  • the benefits of the above method include: using one power control parameter group to calculate the transmit power of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets, simplifying uplink power control.
  • the benefits of the above method include: using a power control parameter group that matches the SRS resource on which uplink transmission is based, improving the performance of uplink transmission.
  • the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the characteristics of the above method include: the P power control parameter groups include a power control parameter group for uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set and a power control parameter group for uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets.
  • the benefits of the above method include: separately configuring power control parameter groups for uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets, enabling more flexible and accurate uplink power control, improving uplink efficiency. Transmission performance.
  • Receive second signaling the second signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the second signal
  • the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission the antenna port of the second signal;
  • the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the The first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set;
  • a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine The target power control parameter group.
  • the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group
  • the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group
  • the third SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group
  • a signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group
  • the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power
  • the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group.
  • the transmit power of the portion of the first signal sent by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power
  • the first offset is used to determine the second power and the The difference between the third power.
  • the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  • the second signaling includes a first field
  • the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset
  • the second offset is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
  • the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup
  • candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values
  • the L1 is a positive value greater than 1.
  • the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups
  • any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set.
  • the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one
  • the first power control parameter group is the sum of the L1 power control parameter groups and the first signal Let the value of the first bit subgroup in let correspond to a power control parameter group.
  • the first node includes a user equipment.
  • the first node includes a relay node.
  • This application discloses a method used in a second node of wireless communication, which is characterized by including:
  • Send first signaling the first signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the first signal
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission
  • the antenna port of the first signal includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; Any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource set and The second set of SRS resources respectively includes at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to Determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1;
  • the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • Send second signaling the second signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the second signal
  • the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission the antenna port of the second signal;
  • the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the The first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set;
  • a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine The target power control parameter group.
  • the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group
  • the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group
  • the third SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group
  • a signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group
  • the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power
  • the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group.
  • the transmit power of the portion of the first signal sent by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power
  • the first offset is used to determine the second power and the The difference between the third power.
  • the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  • the second signaling includes a first field
  • the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset
  • the second offset is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
  • the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup
  • candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values
  • the L1 is a positive value greater than 1.
  • the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups
  • any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set.
  • the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one
  • the first power control parameter group is the sum of the L1 power control parameter groups and the first signal Let the value of the first bit subgroup in let correspond to a power control parameter group.
  • the second node is a base station.
  • the second node is user equipment.
  • the second node is a relay node.
  • This application discloses a first node device used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • a first receiver receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
  • a first transmitter sends the first signal
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission
  • the antenna port of the first signal includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  • This application discloses a second node device used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second transmitter sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal;
  • a second receiver to receive the first signal
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission
  • the antenna port of the first signal includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  • this application has the following advantages:
  • the performance of uplink transmission is improved by using a power control parameter group that matches the uplink transmission.
  • Configuring power control parameter groups separately for uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets enables more flexible and accurate uplink power control, improving uplink transmission performance.
  • Figure 1 shows a flow chart of first signaling and first signals according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 5 shows a flow chart of transmission according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram in which first signaling includes a second domain and a third domain according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram in which the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of a first information block according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram in which second signaling includes a second domain and a third domain according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram in which the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram in which a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram of an antenna port that transmits a first signal according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 13 shows a schematic diagram of the first offset, the second power and the third power according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 14 shows a schematic diagram in which the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 15 shows a schematic diagram in which the first field in the second signaling indicates the second offset according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 16 shows a schematic diagram of L1 candidate values of the first bit subgroup, L1 SRS resource groups and L1 power control parameter groups according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 17 shows a schematic diagram of the second bit subset and Q1 first type mapping lists according to one embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 18 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 19 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiment 1 illustrates a flow chart of the first signaling and the first signal according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • each block represents a step.
  • the order of the steps in the box does not imply a specific timing between steps. Post-relationship.
  • the first node in this application receives the first signaling in step 101, and the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal; and sends the first signaling in step 102.
  • a signal wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission
  • the antenna port of the first signal includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set
  • the first signaling includes physical layer signaling.
  • the first signaling includes dynamic signaling.
  • the first signaling includes layer 1 (L1) signaling.
  • the first signaling includes DCI (Downlink Control Information).
  • the first signaling is a DCI.
  • the first signaling includes one or more DCI fields (fields) in one DCI.
  • the format of the first signaling belongs to one of Format 0_0, Format 0_1 or Format 0_2.
  • the first signaling includes RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first signaling includes MAC CE (Medium Access Control layer Control Element, media access control layer control element).
  • MAC CE Medium Access Control layer Control Element, media access control layer control element
  • the first signal includes a baseband signal.
  • the first signal includes a wireless signal.
  • the first signal includes a radio frequency signal.
  • the first signal carries at least one TB (Transport Block).
  • the first signal carries at least one CBG (Code Block Group).
  • CBG Code Block Group
  • the first signal includes at least one layer.
  • the first signal includes a number of layers equal to 1.
  • the first signal includes a number of layers greater than 1.
  • the layer refers to a MIMO (Multiple Input Multiple Output, Multiple Input Multiple Output) layer.
  • MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output, Multiple Input Multiple Output
  • the scheduling information of the first signal includes a QCL (Quasi Co-Location) relationship.
  • the scheduling information of the first signal includes spatial relationships.
  • the scheduling information of the first signal includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme), DMRS (DeModulation Reference Signals, demodulation reference signal) port (port), HARQ ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) one or more of process number, RV (Redundancy version), NDI (New data indicator), TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator) state or SRI (Sounding reference signal Resource Indicator) kind.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • DMRS DeModulation Reference Signals
  • demodulation reference signal port
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat request
  • RV Redundancy version
  • NDI New data indicator
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • SRI Sounding reference signal Resource Indicator
  • the first signaling explicitly indicates the scheduling information of the first signal.
  • the first signaling implicitly indicates the scheduling information of the first signal.
  • the first signaling explicitly indicates a part of the scheduling information of the first signal, and implicitly indicates another part of the scheduling information of the first signal.
  • the first signaling includes the scheduling information of the first signal.
  • the first signal is transmitted based on SFN (Single Frequency Network).
  • SFN Single Frequency Network
  • the first node is configured with a second higher-level parameter, and the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfn" and "scheme”.
  • the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfnscheme”.
  • the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfnscheme” and "pusch".
  • the second higher layer parameter is configured by PUSCH-Config IE (Information Element, information element).
  • the first node is not configured with a third higher-layer parameter, or the value of the third higher-layer parameter configured with the first node belongs to the first parameter value set; the third higher-layer parameter
  • the name includes "repetitionScheme”
  • the first parameter value set includes at least one parameter value
  • each parameter value in the first parameter value set includes neither the string "tdm” nor the string "fdm” .
  • any parameter value in the first parameter value set includes the character string "sfn".
  • one parameter value in the first parameter value set includes the character string "sfn".
  • the third higher layer parameter is configured by PUSCH-Config IE.
  • the first node is not configured with the higher-level parameter "pusch-AggregationFactor".
  • the name of the fourth higher-level parameter includes “pusch-TimeDomain” and “ AllocationList”
  • the name of the first type of parameter includes “numberOfRepetitions”.
  • the fourth higher layer parameter is configured by PUSCH-Config IE.
  • the name of the fourth higher-level parameter includes "pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList”.
  • the name of the fourth higher-level parameter includes "pusch-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList”.
  • the first SRS resource group includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
  • any SRS resource in the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS port.
  • any SRS resource in the first SRS resource group is identified by an SRS-ResourceId.
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are respectively identified by two different SRS-ResourceSetIds.
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured by a first higher-layer parameter, and the name of the first higher-layer parameter includes "srs-ResourceSetToAddModList".
  • the higher-level parameter "usage” associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-level parameter “usage” associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to “nonCodebook” or both are set to “codebook” ".
  • any SRS resource in the first SRS resource set includes at least one SRS port
  • any SRS resource in the second SRS resource set includes at least one SRS port
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively correspond to different TCI states.
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively correspond to different TAs (Timing Advance).
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively belong to different TAG (Time-Advance Group).
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively correspond to different power control adjustment state (power control adjustment state) indexes.
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured to the same BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth interval).
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured to the same carrier (Carrier).
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured for the same cell.
  • the first SRS resource group consists of the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to 1.
  • the first SRS resource subgroup includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
  • the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to 1.
  • the second SRS resource subgroup includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the number of SRS ports of any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS ports in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the number of SRS ports for any SRS resource in the group is equal to the number of SRS ports in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the number of SRS ports of any two SRS resources in the first SRS resource group is equal.
  • the number of SRS ports of two SRS resources in the first SRS resource group is unequal.
  • the first bit group includes at least one bit.
  • the first bit group includes at least one DCI field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group includes multiple DCI domains in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group consists of a DCI field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource group.
  • the value of the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource group.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource group.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the value of the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup by indicating the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the value of the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates the SRS included in the second SRS resource subgroup by indicating the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup. The amount of resources.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the SRI of each SRS resource in the first SRS resource group.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource indicator and the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the DCI domain SRS resource indicator and the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the DCI domain SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource indicator, the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator and the DCI domain SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling consists of the DCI domain SRS resource indicator, Second SRS resource indicator and SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
  • the first signal is sent by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource group.
  • the number of antenna ports for transmitting the first signal is greater than 1.
  • the first node sends the first signal using the same antenna port as the SRS port of the given SRS resource.
  • the first SRS resource is any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup
  • the second SRS resource is any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup
  • the first node The first signal is transmitted using the same antenna port as the SRS port of the first SRS resource and the same antenna port as the SRS port of the second SRS resource.
  • the first node uses the SRS of the first SRS resource in the same time-frequency resource.
  • the antenna port with the same port and the same SRS port as the second SRS resource transmits the first signal at the same time.
  • the first signal is sent by the same spatial domain filter as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource group.
  • the first node uses the same spatial filter to send the SRS and the first signal in the SRS resource in the first SRS resource group.
  • the first node uses the same spatial filter to send the SRS and the first signal in the given SRS resource. .
  • the first SRS resource is any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup
  • the second SRS resource is any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup
  • the first node The first signal is transmitted using the same spatial filter used to transmit the SRS in the first SRS resource and the same spatial filter used to transmit the SRS in the second SRS resource.
  • the first node uses the same air domain filter used to transmit SRS in the first SRS resource and the same air domain filter used in the second SRS resource in the same time-frequency resource.
  • the same spatial filter that transmits the SRS is used to transmit the first signal at the same time.
  • any layer of the first signal is simultaneously mapped in the same time-frequency resource to the same SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and to the same antenna port as the third SRS resource subgroup.
  • the SRS ports of the SRS resources in the two SRS resource subgroups have the same antenna port.
  • any layer of the first signal is used in the same time-frequency resource by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and the same antenna port as the second SRS resource.
  • the SRS resources in the subgroup are transmitted simultaneously through the same SRS port and the same antenna port.
  • any DMRS port of the first signal is simultaneously mapped in the same time-frequency resource to the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and to the same antenna port as the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the SRS ports of the SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup are the same antenna ports.
  • any DMRS port of the first signal is used in the same time-frequency resource by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and the same antenna port as the second SRS
  • the SRS resources in the resource subgroup are transmitted simultaneously through antenna ports with the same SRS port.
  • the higher-level parameter "usage” associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-level parameter “usage” associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "nonCodebook";
  • the first SRS resource The number of SRS ports included in any SRS resource in the group is equal to 1;
  • the first signal includes v layers, and v is a positive integer;
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to v,
  • the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to v;
  • the v layers are mapped to the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group after being precoded by the unit array;
  • the first SRS The resource subgroup is used to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine the second antenna port group.
  • the first antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup
  • the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup are composed of the same SRS ports as the antenna ports.
  • the v layers are mapped to the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group in the same time-frequency resource after being precoded by a unit matrix.
  • the higher-level parameter "usage” associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-level parameter "usage” associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "codebook”;
  • the first SRS resource The subgroup only includes one SRS resource, and the second SRS resource subgroup includes only one SRS resource;
  • the first SRS resource is the one SRS resource included in the first SRS resource subgroup, and the second SRS resource is the The one SRS resource included in the second SRS resource subgroup;
  • the first signaling indicates a first precoder and a second precoder;
  • the first signal includes v layers, where v is a positive integer;
  • the v layers are precoded by the first precoder and then mapped to the first antenna port group, and the v layers are precoded by the second precoder and then mapped to the second antenna port group;
  • the first SRS resource is used to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource is used to determine the second antenna port group.
  • the first antenna port group is composed of the same antenna port as the SRS port of the first SRS resource
  • the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS port as the second SRS resource.
  • the ports are composed of the same antenna ports.
  • the v layers are mapped after being precoded by the first precoder in the same time-frequency resource. is emitted to the first antenna port group and is precoded by the second precoder before being mapped to the second antenna port group.
  • the first signaling indicates the TPMI (Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator) of the first precoder and the TPMI of the second precoder.
  • TPMI Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator
  • the first precoder and the second precoder are each a matrix.
  • the first precoder and the second precoder are each a vector.
  • the first precoder and the second precoder are each a column vector.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the first precoder is equal to the number of layers corresponding to the second precoder.
  • the number of columns of the first precoder is equal to the number of columns of the second precoder.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the first precoder and the number of layers corresponding to the second precoder are both equal to the number of layers of the first signal.
  • the first signal includes v layers, where v is a positive integer; the v layers are precoded by a third precoder and mapped to the first antenna port group, and the v layers are After being precoded by the fourth precoder, it is mapped to the second antenna port group; the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine the The second antenna port group; the fifth precoder and the first phase offset are jointly used to determine the fourth precoder.
  • the first antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup
  • the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup are composed of the same SRS ports as the antenna ports.
  • the third precoder and the fifth precoder are unit matrices respectively.
  • the first signaling indicates the TPMI of the third precoder; the first signaling indicates the TPMI of the fifth precoder.
  • the fourth precoder is equal to the product of the fifth precoder and the first phase offset.
  • the first phase offset is a scalar quantity.
  • the first signaling indicates the first phase offset.
  • the first phase offset is configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the first node determines the first phase offset by itself.
  • the first phase offset belongs to a first phase offset set, and the first node determines the first phase in the first phase offset set by itself. Offset.
  • the third precoder and the fifth precoder are each a matrix.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the third precoder and the number of layers corresponding to the fifth precoder are both equal to the number of layers of the first signal.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0.
  • the number of P0 included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the P0 is used for power control of the first signal.
  • the P0 is used for power control of PUSCH.
  • P0 can be found in 3GPP TS 38.331 and TS 38.213.
  • the P0 refers to P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j).
  • P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) can be found in 3GPP TS 38.213.
  • the first power control parameter group includes alfa.
  • the number of alfa included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the alfa is used for power control of the first signal.
  • the alfa is used for power control of PUSCH.
  • alfa can be found in 3GPP TS 38.331 and TS 38.213.
  • the alfa refers to ⁇ b,f,c (j).
  • ⁇ b,f,c (j) can be found in 3GPP TS 38.213.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state index.
  • the number of power control adjustment states included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the number of power control adjustment state indexes included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a PUSCH power control adjustment state.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a PUSCH power control adjustment state index.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a closed-loop index.
  • the number of closed-loop indexes included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a pathloss reference signal identity (pathloss reference RS Id).
  • pathloss reference RS Id pathloss reference signal identity
  • the number of path loss reference signal identities included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a PUSCH path loss reference signal identity.
  • the path loss reference signal identity includes PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
  • the path loss reference signal identity includes PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
  • the first power control parameter group includes an identification of a reference signal used for measuring path loss.
  • the number of reference signal identifiers used for measuring path loss included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
  • the identification of the reference signal used for measuring path loss includes at least one of SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, a power control adjustment state index and an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, closed-loop index and path loss reference signal identity.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, a closed-loop index and an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa and closed-loop index.
  • the first power control parameter group includes P0 and alfa.
  • a power control parameter group includes at least one power control parameter, and any one of the at least one power control parameter is P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index, or path loss reference signal identity. one.
  • a power control parameter group includes one or more types of power control parameters, and the number of any type of power control parameters included in the one power control parameter group is equal to 1; the one or more types of power control parameters include Type Power Control Parameter Any type of power control parameter is one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index, or path loss reference signal identity.
  • the calculation of the transmission power of the first signal uses only one P0, and the one P0 is the P0 included in the first power control parameter group.
  • the calculation of the transmission power of the first signal uses only one alpha, and the one alpha is the alpha included in the first power control parameter group.
  • the calculation of the transmit power of the first signal uses only one power control adjustment state index, and the one power control adjustment state index is the power control adjustment state included in the first power control parameter group. index.
  • the calculation of the transmit power of the first signal uses only one path loss reference signal identity, and the one path loss reference signal identity is the path loss reference signal included in the first power control parameter group. identity.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal includes: the first power control parameter group is used to calculate the transmission power of the first signal. Transmit power.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to calculate the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling explicitly indicates that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the first signal by indicating the first SRS resource group. of the transmit power.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates the first power control parameter group by indicating the SRS resource set to which the SRS resources in the first SRS resource group belong. is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second
  • the SRS resources of the SRS resource set implicitly indicate that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resources of the SRS resource set, and implicitly indicating which SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and which SRS resources in the second SRS resource set the first SRS resource group includes.
  • the first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • Embodiment 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 2.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the network architecture 200 of LTE (Long-Term Evolution, long-term evolution), LTE-A (Long-Term Evolution Advanced, enhanced long-term evolution) and future 5G systems.
  • the network architecture 200 of LTE, LTE-A and future 5G systems is called EPS (Evolved Packet System) 200.
  • the 5G NR or LTE network architecture 200 can be called 5GS (5G System)/EPS (Evolved Packet System). Grouping System) 200 or some other suitable terminology.
  • 5GS/EPS 200 may include one or more UE (User Equipment) 201, a UE 241 that communicates with the UE 201 on a side link, NG-RAN (Next Generation Radio Access Network) 202, 5GC (5G CoreNetwork (5G Core Network)/EPC (Evolved Packet Core) 210, HSS (Home Subscriber Server)/UDM (Unified Data Management) 220 and Internet Services 230.
  • 5GS/EPS200 Interconnection with other access networks is possible, but these entities/interfaces are not shown for simplicity.
  • 5GS/EPS200 provides packet switched services, however those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the various concepts presented throughout this application can be extended to networks providing circuit switched services.
  • NG-RAN 202 includes NR (New Radio) Node B (gNB) 203 and other gNBs 204.
  • gNB 203 provides user and control plane protocol termination towards UE 201.
  • gNB 203 may connect to other gNBs 204 via the Xn interface (eg, backhaul).
  • the gNB 203 may also be called a base station, base transceiver station, radio base station, radio transceiver, transceiver function, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), TRP (Transmit Receive Point) or some other suitable terminology.
  • gNB203 provides UE201 with an access point to 5GC/EPC210.
  • Examples of UE 201 include cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptop computers, personal digital assistants (PDAs), satellite radios, global positioning systems, multimedia devices, video devices, digital audio players ( For example, MP3 players), cameras, game consoles, drones, aircraft, narrowband physical network devices, machine type communications devices, land vehicles, cars, wearable devices, or any other similarly functional device.
  • UE 201 may also refer to UE 201 as a mobile station, subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, Mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable term.
  • 5GC/EPC210 includes MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity)/AMF (Authentication Management Field, authentication management domain)/SMF (Session Management Function, session management function) 211.
  • MME/AMF/SMF214 S-GW (Service Gateway, Service Gateway)/UPF (User Plane Function, User Plane Function) 212 and P-GW (Packet Date Network Gateway, Packet Data Network Gateway)/UPF213.
  • MME/AMF/SMF211 is the control node that handles signaling between UE201 and 5GC/EPC210. Basically MME/AMF/SMF211 provides bearer and connection management.
  • Internet Protocol Internet Protocol
  • S-GW/UPF212 All user IP (Internet Protocol) packets are transmitted through S-GW/UPF212, and S-GW/UPF212 itself is connected to P-GW/UPF213.
  • P-GW provides UE IP address allocation and other functions.
  • P-GW/UPF 213 is connected to Internet service 230.
  • Internet services 230 include Internet protocol services corresponding to operators, which may specifically include Internet, intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) and packet switching (Packet switching) services.
  • the first node in this application includes the UE201.
  • the second node in this application includes the gNB203.
  • the wireless link between the UE201 and the gNB203 includes a cellular network link.
  • the sender of the first signaling includes the gNB203.
  • the recipient of the first signaling includes the UE201.
  • the sender of the first signal includes the UE201.
  • the receiver of the first signal includes the gNB203.
  • the UE 201 supports simultaneous multi-beam/panel/TRP UL transmission (simultaneous multi-beam/panel/TRP UL transmission).
  • Embodiment 3 illustrates a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the wireless protocol architecture of the user plane and control plane according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • Embodiment 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture for user plane 350 and control plane 300
  • Figure 3 shows with three layers for a first communication node device (UE, gNB or RSU in V2X) and a second Radio protocol architecture of the control plane 300 between communication node devices (gNB, UE or RSU in V2X), or between two UEs: Layer 1, Layer 2 and Layer 3.
  • Layer 1 (L1 layer) is the lowest layer and implements various PHY (physical layer) signal processing functions. The L1 layer will be called PHY301 in this article.
  • Layer 2 (L2 layer) 305 is above the PHY 301 and is responsible for the link between the first communication node device and the second communication node device, or between two UEs.
  • L2 layer 305 includes MAC (Medium Access Control, media access control) sublayer 302, RLC (Radio Link Control, wireless link layer control protocol) sublayer 303 and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, packet data convergence protocol) sublayer 304. These sub-layers terminate at the second communication node device.
  • PDCP sublayer 304 provides multiplexing between different radio bearers and logical channels. The PDCP sublayer 304 also provides security by encrypting data packets, and provides handoff support for a first communication node device between second communication node devices.
  • the RLC sublayer 303 provides segmentation and reassembly of upper layer data packets, retransmission of lost data packets, and reordering of data packets to compensate for out-of-order reception due to HARQ.
  • MAC sublayer 302 provides multiplexing between logical and transport channels. The MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for allocating various radio resources (eg, resource blocks) in a cell among first communication node devices. MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for HARQ operations.
  • the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) sublayer 306 in layer 3 (L3 layer) in the control plane 300 is responsible for obtaining radio resources (ie, radio bearers) and using the second communication node device and the first communication node device.
  • the radio protocol architecture of the user plane 350 includes layer 1 (L1 layer) and layer 2 (L2 layer).
  • the PDCP sublayer 354 in the layer 355, the RLC sublayer 353 in the L2 layer 355, and the MAC sublayer 352 in the L2 layer 355 are generally the same as the corresponding layers and sublayers in the control plane 300, but the PDCP sublayer 354 is also Provides header compression for upper layer packets to reduce radio transmission overhead.
  • the L2 layer 355 in the user plane 350 also includes the SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol, Service Data Adaptation Protocol) sublayer 356.
  • the SDAP sublayer 356 is responsible for the mapping between QoS flows and data radio bearers (DRB, Data Radio Bearer). , to support business diversity.
  • the first communication node device may have several upper layers above the L2 layer 355, including a network layer (eg, IP layer) terminating at the P-GW on the network side and another terminating at the connection.
  • the application layer at one end (e.g., remote UE, server, etc.).
  • the wireless protocol architecture in Figure 3 is applicable to the first node in this application.
  • the wireless protocol architecture in Figure 3 is applicable to the second node in this application.
  • the first signaling is generated in the PHY301 or the PHY351.
  • the first signaling is generated in the MAC sublayer 302 or the MAC sublayer 352.
  • the first signal is generated from the PHY301 or the PHY351.
  • the first information block is generated in the RRC sublayer 306.
  • the second signaling is generated in the PHY301 or the PHY351.
  • the second signaling is generated in the MAC sublayer 302 or the MAC sublayer 352.
  • the second signal is generated from the PHY301 or the PHY351.
  • the higher layer in this application refers to the layer above the physical layer.
  • Embodiment 4 illustrates a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Figure 4 is a block diagram of a first communication device 410 and a second communication device 450 communicating with each other in the access network.
  • the first communication device 410 includes a controller/processor 475, a memory 476, a receive processor 470, a transmit processor 416, a multi-antenna receive processor 472, a multi-antenna transmit processor 471, a transmitter/receiver 418 and an antenna 420.
  • the second communication device 450 includes a controller/processor 459, a memory 460, a data source 467, a transmit processor 468, a receive processor 456, a multi-antenna transmit processor 457, a multi-antenna receive processor 458, a transmitter/receiver 454 and antenna 452.
  • Controller/processor 475 implements the functionality of the L2 layer.
  • the controller/processor 475 provides header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, multiplexing between logical and transport channels, and control of the second communication device 450 based on various priority metrics. Radio resource allocation.
  • the controller/processor 475 is also responsible for HARQ operation, retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the second communications device 450 .
  • Transmit processor 416 and multi-antenna transmit processor 471 implement various signal processing functions for the L1 layer (ie, physical layer).
  • the transmit processor 416 implements encoding and interleaving to facilitate forward error correction (FEC) at the second communications device 450, as well as based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), M Phase Shift Keying (M-PSK), M Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (M-QAM)) constellation mapping.
  • FEC forward error correction
  • the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs digital spatial precoding on the coded and modulated symbols, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beamforming processing to generate one or more parallel streams.
  • Transmit processor 416 maps each parallel stream to a subcarrier, multiplexes the modulated symbols with a reference signal (eg, a pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then uses an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT ) to generate a physical channel carrying a stream of time-domain multi-carrier symbols. Then the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs transmit analog precoding/beamforming operations on the time domain multi-carrier symbol stream. Each transmitter 418 converts the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 into a radio frequency stream, which is then provided to a different antenna 420.
  • IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
  • each receiver 454 receives the signal via its respective antenna 452 at the second communications device 450 .
  • Each receiver 454 recovers the information modulated onto the radio frequency carrier and converts the radio frequency stream into a baseband multi-carrier symbol stream that is provided to a receive processor 456 .
  • the receive processor 456 and the multi-antenna receive processor 458 implement various signal processing functions of the L1 layer.
  • Multi-antenna receive processor 458 performs receive analog precoding/beamforming operations on the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream from receiver 454.
  • the receive processor 456 converts the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream after the received analog precoding/beamforming operation from the time domain to the frequency domain using a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT).
  • FFT Fast Fourier Transform
  • the physical layer data signal and the reference signal are demultiplexed by the receiving processor 456, where the reference signal will be used for channel estimation, and the data signal is recovered after multi-antenna detection in the multi-antenna receiving processor 458 with the second Any parallel flow to which communication device 450 is the destination.
  • the symbols on each parallel stream are demodulated and recovered in the receive processor 456, and soft decisions are generated.
  • the receive processor 456 then decodes and deinterleaves the soft decisions to recover the upper layer data and control signals transmitted by the first communications device 410 on the physical channel.
  • Controller/processor 459 implements the functions of the L2 layer. Controller/processor 459 may be associated with memory 460 which stores program code and data. Memory 460 may be referred to as computer-readable media. In the DL, the controller/processor 459 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression, control signal processing to recover upper layer packets from the core network. The upper layer packets are then provided to all protocol layers above the L2 layer. Various control signals may also be provided to L3 for L3 processing. Controller/processor 459 is also responsible for error detection using acknowledgment (ACK) and/or negative acknowledgment (NACK) protocols to support HARQ operations.
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • NACK negative acknowledgment
  • a data source 467 is used to provide upper layer data packets to a controller/processor 459.
  • Data source 467 represents all protocol layers above the L2 layer.
  • the controller/processor 459 implements header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, and logical AND based on the wireless resource allocation of the first communication device 410 Multiplexing between transport channels, implementing L2 layer functions for user plane and control plane.
  • the controller/processor 459 is also responsible for HARQ operation, retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the first communications device 410 .
  • the transmit processor 468 performs modulation mapping and channel coding processing, and the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 performs digital multi-antenna spatial precoding, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beam forming processing, and then transmits
  • the processor 468 modulates the generated parallel streams into multi-carrier/single-carrier symbol streams, which undergo analog precoding/beamforming operations in the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 and then are provided to different antennas 452 via the transmitter 454.
  • Each transmitter 454 first converts the baseband symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmission processor 457 into a radio frequency symbol stream, and then provides it to the antenna 452.
  • the functionality at the first communication device 410 is similar to that in the transmission from the first communication device 410 to the second communication device 450.
  • the reception function at the second communication device 450 is described in the transmission.
  • Each receiver 418 receives radio frequency signals through its corresponding antenna 420, converts the received radio frequency signals into baseband signals, and provides the baseband signals to multi-antenna receive processor 472 and receive processor 470.
  • the receiving processor 470 and the multi-antenna receiving processor 472 jointly implement the functions of the L1 layer.
  • Controller/processor 475 implements L2 layer functions. Controller/processor 475 may be associated with memory 476 that stores program code and data. Memory 476 may be referred to as computer-readable media.
  • the controller/processor 475 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression, control signal processing to recover upper layer data packets from the second communications device 450 .
  • Upper layer packets from controller/processor 475 may be provided to the core network.
  • Controller/processor 475 is also responsible for error detection using ACK and/or NACK protocols to support HARQ operations.
  • the second communication device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to interact with the At least one processor is used together.
  • the second communication device 450 receives at least the first signaling; sends the first signal.
  • the second communication device 450 includes: a memory that stores a program of computer-readable instructions that, when executed by at least one processor, generates actions, and the actions include: receiving The first signaling; sending the first signal.
  • the first communication device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to interact with the At least one processor is used together.
  • the first communication device 410 at least sends the first signaling; receives the first signal.
  • the first communication device 410 includes: a memory that stores a program of computer-readable instructions that, when executed by at least one processor, generates actions, and the actions include: sending the The first signaling; receiving the first signal.
  • the first node in this application includes the second communication device 450.
  • the second node in this application includes the first communication device 410 .
  • the antenna 452 the receiver 454, the reception processor 456, the multi-antenna reception processor 458, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460, the data At least one of the sources 467 ⁇ is used to receive the first signaling; ⁇ the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the transmit processor 416, the multi-antenna transmit processor 471, the controller /Processor 475, at least one of the memories 476 ⁇ is used to send the first signaling.
  • At least one of ⁇ the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the reception processor 470, the multi-antenna reception processor 472, the controller/processor 475, and the memory 476 ⁇ is used to receive the first signal; ⁇ the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmit processor 468, the multi-antenna transmit processor 457, the controller/processor 459, the The memory 460, at least one of the data sources 467 ⁇ is used to send the first signal.
  • the antenna 452 the receiver 454, the reception processor 456, the multi-antenna reception processor 458, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460, the data At least one of sources 467 ⁇ is used to receive the first information block; ⁇ the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the transmit processor 416, the multi-antenna transmit processor 471, the controller /Processor 475, at least one of the memories 476 ⁇ is used to send the first information block.
  • the antenna 452 the receiver 454, the reception processor 456, the multi-antenna reception processor 458, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460, the data At least one of the sources 467 ⁇ is used to receive the second signaling; ⁇ the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the transmit processor 416, the multi-antenna transmit processor 471, the controller /Processor 475, at least one of the memories 476 ⁇ is used to send the second signaling.
  • At least one of ⁇ the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the reception processor 470, the multi-antenna reception processor 472, the controller/processor 475, and the memory 476 ⁇ is used to receive the second signal; ⁇ the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmit processor 468, the multi-antenna transmit processor 457, the controller/processor 459, the The memory 460, at least one of the data sources 467 ⁇ is used to send the second signal.
  • Embodiment 5 illustrates a flow chart of transmission according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in Figure 5.
  • the second node U1 and the first node U2 are communication nodes transmitting through the air interface.
  • the steps in block F51 and block F52 are respectively optional.
  • the first signaling is used by the first node U2 to determine the scheduling information of the first signal;
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, and all the bits in the first signaling
  • the first bit group is used by the first node U2 to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used by the first node U2 to determine the antenna port for sending the first signal;
  • the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include at least one SRS resource;
  • the first SRS resource Any SRS resource in the subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource
  • the sets each include at least one SRS resource;
  • the first power control parameter group is used by the first node U2 to determine the transmission power of the first signal;
  • the first node U2 is the first node in this application.
  • the second node U1 is the second node in this application.
  • the air interface between the second node U1 and the first node U2 includes a wireless interface between the base station equipment and the user equipment.
  • the air interface between the second node U1 and the first node U2 includes a wireless interface between the relay node device and the user equipment.
  • the air interface between the second node U1 and the first node U2 includes a wireless interface between user equipment and user equipment.
  • the second node U1 is the serving cell maintenance base station of the first node U2.
  • the first signaling is transmitted in a downlink physical layer control channel (that is, a downlink channel that can only be used to carry physical layer signaling).
  • a downlink physical layer control channel that is, a downlink channel that can only be used to carry physical layer signaling.
  • the first signaling is transmitted in PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel).
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the first signaling is transmitted on a downlink physical layer data channel (ie, a downlink channel that can be used to carry physical layer data).
  • a downlink physical layer data channel ie, a downlink channel that can be used to carry physical layer data.
  • the first signaling is transmitted in PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel).
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the first signal is transmitted in an uplink physical layer data channel (that is, an uplink channel that can be used to carry physical layer data).
  • an uplink physical layer data channel that is, an uplink channel that can be used to carry physical layer data.
  • the first signal is transmitted in PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared CHannel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the steps in block F51 in Figure 5 exist.
  • the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups.
  • the control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used by the first node to determine all of the P power control parameter groups.
  • the first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first information block is transmitted in PDSCH.
  • the first information block is transmitted in a PDSCH.
  • the first information block is transmitted in multiple PDSCHs.
  • a part of the first information block is transmitted in one PDSCH, and another part of the first information block is transmitted in another PDSCH.
  • the steps in block F52 in Figure 5 exist, and the second signaling is used by the first node U2 to determine the scheduling information of the second signal;
  • the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used by the first node U2 is used to determine a second SRS resource group, which is used by the first node U2 to determine the antenna port for sending the second signal;
  • the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, Any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set;
  • the target power control parameter group is the The first node U2 is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used by the first node U2 to determine the target power control parameter group.
  • the second signaling includes physical layer signaling.
  • the second signaling includes dynamic signaling.
  • the second signaling includes layer 1 (L1) signaling.
  • the second signaling includes DCI.
  • the second signaling is a DCI.
  • the second signaling includes one or more DCI fields (fields) in one DCI.
  • the format of the second signaling belongs to one of Format 0_0, Format 0_1 or Format 0_2.
  • the format of the second signaling is the same as the format of the first signaling.
  • the second signaling includes RRC signaling.
  • the second signaling includes MAC CE.
  • the second signal includes a baseband signal.
  • the second signal includes a wireless signal.
  • the second signal includes a radio frequency signal.
  • the second signal carries at least one TB.
  • the second signal carries at least one CBG.
  • the scheduling information of the second signal includes a QCL relationship.
  • the scheduling information of the second signal includes one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, MCS, DMRS port, HARQ process number, RV, NDI, TCI status or SRI.
  • the second signaling indicates the scheduling information of the second signal.
  • the second signaling includes the scheduling information of the second signal.
  • the second signal is sent by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the second SRS resource group.
  • the first node sends the second signal using the same air domain filter used to send SRS in the second SRS resource group.
  • the second signal includes v1 layers, where v1 is a positive integer; the v1 layers are precoded by the unit matrix or the sixth precoder and then mapped to the third antenna port group; Two SRS resource groups are used to determine the third antenna port group; the third antenna port group includes at least one antenna port.
  • the third antenna port group includes v1 antenna ports, and the v1 layers are respectively mapped to the v1 antenna ports;
  • the second SRS resource group includes v1 SRSs resources, any SRS resource among the v1 SRS resources has only one SRS port, and the v1 antenna ports are the same antenna ports as the SRS ports of the v1 SRS resources.
  • the third antenna port group includes ⁇ 2 antenna ports, ⁇ 2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second SRS resource group only includes one SRS resource, and the second SRS resource The one SRS included in the group has ⁇ 2 SRS ports; the ⁇ 2 antenna ports are the same antenna ports as the ⁇ 2 SRS ports respectively; the v1 layer is precoded by the sixth precoder. mapped to the third antenna port.
  • the second signaling indicates the sixth precoder.
  • the second signaling indicates the TPMI of the sixth precoder.
  • the sixth precoder is a matrix or a column vector.
  • the second signaling is transmitted in PDCCH.
  • the second signaling is transmitted in PDSCH.
  • the second signal is transmitted in PUSCH.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling indicates the second SRS resource group.
  • the second bit group includes at least one DCI field in the second signaling.
  • Embodiment 6 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first signaling includes the second domain and the third domain according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the first signaling includes a second domain and a third domain, and the second domain in the first signaling and the third domain in the first signaling jointly indicate The first SRS resource group.
  • the second field and the third field each include at least one bit.
  • the second domain and the third domain each include at least one DCI domain.
  • the second field and the third field respectively include all or part of the bits in at least one DCI field.
  • the second domain and the third domain are respectively a DCI domain.
  • the second domain includes a DCI domain SRS resource indicator.
  • the second domain includes the first SRS resource indicator domain in the DCI.
  • the third domain includes DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator.
  • the third domain includes information in the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator.
  • the third domain includes the second SRS resource indicator domain in the DCI.
  • the second field and the third field respectively indicate at least one SRI.
  • the second domain and the third domain respectively indicate at least one SRS resource.
  • the second domain in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the third field in the first signaling indicates the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the value of the second field in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the second domain in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource subgroup in the first SRS resource set.
  • the third domain in the first signaling indicates the second SRS resource subgroup in the second SRS resource set.
  • the second domain in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the value of the second field in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the second domain in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup by indicating the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling depends on the second domain in the first signaling.
  • the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling depends on the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling is based on having the same number of layers as the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the value of the third domain in the first signaling and the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup are jointly used to determine the second SRS resource subgroup, so The number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup and the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup are both equal to 1.
  • the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling does not depend on the second domain in the first signaling.
  • the second domain in the first signaling indicates one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource subgroup is composed of the one SRS resource.
  • the third domain in the first signaling indicates one SRS resource in the second SRS resource set, and the second SRS resource subgroup is composed of the one SRS resource.
  • the first signaling includes a fourth domain, and the fourth domain in the first signaling is used to determine the second domain and the third domain in the first signaling.
  • An SRS resource set is associated, and the fourth domain in the first signaling is used to determine the first signaling
  • the third domain in is associated with the second SRS resource set.
  • the meaning of the sentence that one domain in the first signaling is associated with an SRS resource set includes: the SRS resource indicated by the one domain in the first signaling belongs to the one SRS resource set. .
  • the meaning of the sentence that a domain in the first signaling is associated with an SRS resource set includes: the one domain in the first signaling indicates at least one SRS resource set from the SRS resources.
  • the fourth domain includes DCI domain SRS resource set indicator.
  • the second domain in the first signaling indicates the SRI of each SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the third domain in the first signaling indicates the SRI of each SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the fourth field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the fourth field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling includes the second field, the third field and the fourth field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the second field, the third field and the fourth field in the first signaling.
  • the fourth field in the first signaling is used to determine that the first bit group includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
  • the first signaling indicates that the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set are jointly used to determine the method for sending the first signal. Antenna port.
  • the fourth domain in the first signaling indicates that the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set are jointly used to determine whether to send the the antenna port for the first signal.
  • Embodiment 7 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the first power control parameter group is used to determine the first reference power; the first reference power is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first reference power The first reference power is linearly related to the first component, and the first reference power is linearly related to the second component; the first power control parameter set is used to determine at least one of the first component and the second component.
  • the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the first component is equal to 1.
  • the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the second component is equal to 1.
  • the transmission power of the first signal is the minimum value of the first reference power and the first power threshold.
  • the first power threshold is the maximum output power configured by the first node.
  • the unit of the first power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the first power threshold is PCMAX,f,c (i).
  • PCMAX,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
  • the first power threshold is PCMAX .
  • the unit of the first reference power is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the unit of the transmission power of the first signal is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the unit of the first power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the first component is a power reference.
  • the first component is P0.
  • the first component is P0 for uplink power control.
  • the first component is P0 used for PUSCH power control.
  • the first component is P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j).
  • the PUSCH carrying the first signal is in the active uplink BWP b of the carrier f of the serving cell c.
  • the transmission is configured using the parameter set with index j.
  • the second component is equal to the product of the first path loss and the first coefficient; the measurement of the first reference signal is used to determine the first path loss, and the first reference signal is is transmitted in signal resources.
  • the first reference signal resource includes CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, Channel State Information Reference Signal) resource (resource).
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal, Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • the first reference signal resource includes SS/PBCH block (Synchronisation Signal/physical broadcast channel Block, synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block) resource.
  • SS/PBCH block Synchronisation Signal/physical broadcast channel Block, synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
  • the first path loss is equal to the transmission power of the first reference signal minus the RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power) of the first reference signal.
  • the first coefficient is a non-negative real number less than or equal to 1.
  • the first coefficient is alfa.
  • the first coefficient is alfa used for uplink power control.
  • the first coefficient is alfa used for PUSCH power control.
  • the first coefficient is ⁇ b,f,c (j).
  • the first reference power and the third component are linearly related, the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the third component is 1, and the third component is the power control adjustment state.
  • the third component is f b,f,c (i,l).
  • f b, f, c (i, l) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
  • the first reference power and the fourth component are linearly related, and the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the fourth component is 1; the fourth component and the fourth component carry the first signal
  • the PUSCH is allocated to the bandwidth expressed as the number of RB (Resource Block, resource block).
  • the first reference power and the fifth component are linearly related, the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the fifth component is 1, and the fifth component and the first signal carry The number of code blocks, the size of each code block carried by the first signal and the number of RE (Resource Element) allocated to the first signal are all related.
  • the fifth component is ⁇ TF,b,f,c (i).
  • ⁇ TF,b,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
  • the first reference power is linearly related to the first component, the second component, the third component, the fourth component and the fifth component respectively; the first reference The linear coefficients between the power and the first component, the second component, the third component, the fourth component and the fifth component are respectively 1.
  • the first reference power is linearly related to the first component, the second component, the third component and the fourth component respectively; the first reference power is linearly related to the first component.
  • the linear coefficient between the component, the second component, the third component and the fourth component is 1 respectively.
  • the first power control parameter group includes the first component.
  • the first power control parameter group includes an identifier of the first reference signal resource.
  • the identifier of the first reference signal resource includes SSB-Index.
  • the identifier of the first reference signal resource includes NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId.
  • the path loss reference signal identity included in the first power control parameter group indicates the first reference signal resource.
  • the first power control parameter group includes the first coefficient.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component.
  • the first power control parameter group includes a closed-loop index corresponding to the third component.
  • the first power control parameter group includes the first component, the identifier of the first reference signal resource, the first coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component. At least one.
  • the first power control parameter group includes at least one of the first component, the first path loss reference signal identity, the first coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component. 1.
  • the first path loss reference signal identity indicates the first reference signal resource.
  • the first power control parameter group includes the first component, the first path loss reference signal identity, the first system number and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component.
  • the first power control parameter group includes the first component, the first coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component.
  • the first power control parameter group includes the first component and the first coefficient.
  • Embodiment 8 illustrates a schematic diagram of the first information block according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the first information block is used to configure the P power control parameter groups; the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first The first bit group in the signaling is used by the first node to determine: the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the first signal Transmit power.
  • the first information block is carried by an RRC Reconfiguration message (message).
  • the first information block is carried by higher layer signaling.
  • the first information block is carried by RRC signaling.
  • the first information block is carried by MAC CE.
  • the first information block includes all or part of the information in at least one IE.
  • the first information block includes information in the PUSCH-ServingCellConfig IE.
  • the first information block includes information in the PUSCH-Config IE.
  • the first information block includes information in the PDSCH-Config IE.
  • the first information block includes information in the BWP-UplinkDedicated IE.
  • the first information block includes information in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated IE.
  • the first information block includes information in ServingCellConfig IE.
  • the first information block is carried by multiple IEs.
  • the plurality of IEs include one or more of PUSCH-ServingCellConfig IE, PUSCH-Config IE, PDSCH-Config IE, BWP-UplinkDedicated IE, BWP-DownlinkDedicated IE or ServingCellConfig IE.
  • P is equal to 3.
  • P is greater than 2.
  • the P is no greater than 64.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes alfa.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state index.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes a path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes at least one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa, a power control adjustment state index and a path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
  • any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0 and alfa.
  • the P power control parameter groups are configured separately.
  • any two power control parameter groups among the P power control parameter groups are configured separately.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine: only the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the th The transmit power of a signal.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the bit group is used to determine: only the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the bit group is used to determine that: any power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups except the first power control parameter group is not used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second
  • the SRS resources of the SRS resource set implicitly indicate that the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resources of the SRS resource set, and implicitly indicating which SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and which SRS resources in the second SRS resource set the first SRS resource group includes.
  • the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
  • the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates the first of the P power control parameter groups by indicating which SRS resources are the first SRS resources.
  • a set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the P is greater than 2
  • the P power control parameter groups include a second power control parameter group and a third power control parameter group, and the second power control parameter group and the first SRS resource set
  • the third power control parameter group is associated with the second SRS resource set.
  • the meaning of associating a power control parameter group with an SRS resource set includes: the power control parameter group is determined by the TCI status of the SRS resource set.
  • the meaning of associating a power control parameter group with an SRS resource set includes: the power control parameter group is configured by the TCI-state IE corresponding to the TCI state of the SRS resource set.
  • the meaning of associating a power control parameter group with an SRS resource set includes: when the antenna port sending a signal is configured by only the one SRS in the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the one power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the one signal.
  • the first power control parameter group, the second power control parameter group and the third power control parameter group are configured separately.
  • Embodiment 9 illustrates a schematic diagram in which second signaling includes a second domain and a third domain according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 9 .
  • second domain in the second signaling and the third domain in the second signaling indicate The second SRS resource group.
  • the second domain and the third domain are respectively the second domain and the third domain in Embodiment 6.
  • the second signaling includes the fourth domain in Embodiment 6, and the fourth domain in the second signaling is used to determine the The second domain is associated with the target SRS resource set.
  • the fourth domain in the second signaling is used to determine that the third domain in the second signaling is reserved.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling includes only the second field in the second signaling and the third field in the second signaling.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling is composed of the second field in the second signaling.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling includes the fourth field in the second signaling.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling is composed of the fourth field in the second signaling.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling includes the second field and the fourth field in the second signaling.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling is composed of the second field and the fourth field in the second signaling.
  • the third domain in the second signaling is not used to determine the second SRS resource group.
  • the third domain in the second signaling is not used to determine the antenna port that sends the second signal.
  • the third domain in the second signaling is not used to determine the target power control parameter set.
  • the first bit group includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling; the second bit group The second domain in the second signaling and only the second domain in the third domain are included.
  • the first bit group includes the second field, the third field and the fourth field in the first signaling; the second bit group includes the second signaling field. Let the second domain and the fourth domain in .
  • the first bit group consists of the second domain, the third domain and the fourth domain in the first signaling; the second bit group consists of the second The second domain and the fourth domain in signaling are composed of.
  • the fourth field in the first signaling is used to determine that the first bit group includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling, so The fourth field in the second signaling is used to determine that the second bit group includes the second field in the second signaling and only the second field in the third field. .
  • the second SRS resource group includes only the SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes only SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes the first SRS resource set and only the target SRS in the second SRS resource set. SRS resources in the resource collection.
  • the fourth domain in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes the first SRS resource set and only the target SRS resource in the second SRS resource set. SRS resources in the collection.
  • the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set.
  • the fourth field in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set.
  • the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set from the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set from the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the fourth domain in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set from the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the target SRS resource set is the first SRS resource set.
  • the target SRS resource set is the second SRS resource set.
  • the second signaling indicates that only the SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are used to determine to send the second SRS resource set. signal to the antenna port.
  • the fourth domain in the second signaling indicates that only the SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are used. Determining the antenna port through which the second signal is sent.
  • the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource group is equal to 1.
  • the second SRS resource group includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
  • Embodiment 10 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling A group is used to determine: the target power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling explicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the signal in the second signaling.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the second signal by indicating the second SRS resource group.
  • the transmit power
  • the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates the target power control parameter group by indicating the SRS resource set to which the SRS resources in the second SRS resource group belong. used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes only the target in the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resources in the SRS resource set implicitly indicate that the target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the SRS resources included in the second SRS resource group. the transmit power of the second signal.
  • the second bit group in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes only the target in the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • SRS resources in the SRS resource set and by indicating which SRS resources in the target SRS resource set the second SRS resource group includes, implicitly indicating that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the first The transmit power of the second signal.
  • the target power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups.
  • the target power control parameter group is a power control parameter group associated with the target SRS resource set among the second power control parameter group and the third power control parameter group in Embodiment 8. .
  • the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling A group is used to determine: the target power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling A group is used to determine: only the target power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling The group is used to determine: any power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups other than the target power control parameter group is not used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  • Embodiment 11 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the target power control parameter set is used to determine the second reference power; the second reference power is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal; the second reference power and The sixth component is linearly related, and the second reference power and the seventh component are linearly related; the target power control parameter set is used to determine at least one of the sixth component and the seventh component; the first The linear coefficient between the second reference power and the sixth component is equal to 1; the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the seventh component is equal to 1.
  • the transmission power of the second signal is the minimum value of the second reference power and the second power threshold.
  • the second power threshold is the maximum output power configured by the first node.
  • the unit of the second power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the second power threshold is PCMAX,f,c (i).
  • PCMAX,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
  • the second power threshold is PCMAX .
  • the unit of the second reference power is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the unit of the transmission power of the second signal is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the unit of the second power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
  • the sixth component is a power reference.
  • the sixth component is P0.
  • the sixth component is P0 for uplink power control.
  • the sixth component is P0 used for PUSCH power control.
  • the sixth component is P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j).
  • the PUSCH carrying the second signal is in the active uplink BWP b of the carrier f of the serving cell c.
  • the transmission is configured using the parameter set with index j.
  • the seventh component is equal to the product of the second path loss and the second coefficient; the measurement of the second reference signal is used to determine the second path loss, and the second reference signal is is transmitted in signal resources.
  • the second reference signal resources include CSI-RS resources.
  • the second reference signal resource includes SS/PBCH block resources.
  • the second path loss is equal to the transmit power of the second reference signal minus the RSRP of the second reference signal.
  • the second coefficient is a non-negative real number less than or equal to 1.
  • the second coefficient is alfa.
  • the second coefficient is alfa for uplink power control.
  • the second coefficient is alfa used for PUSCH power control.
  • the second coefficient is ⁇ b,f,c (j).
  • the second reference power is linearly related to the eighth component
  • the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the eighth component is 1
  • the eighth component is the power control adjustment state
  • the eighth component is f b,f,c (i,l).
  • f b, f, c (i, l) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
  • the second reference power and the ninth component are linearly related, and the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the ninth component is 1; the ninth component and the ninth component carry the second signal
  • the PUSCH is allocated to the bandwidth expressed as the number of RBs.
  • the second reference power is linearly related to the tenth component
  • the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the tenth component is 1
  • the tenth component and the tenth component are The number of code blocks carried by the second signal, the size of each code block carried by the second signal, and the number of REs allocated to the second signal are all related.
  • the tenth component is ⁇ TF,b,f,c (i).
  • ⁇ TF,b,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
  • the second reference power is linearly related to the sixth component, the seventh component, the eighth component, the ninth component and the tenth component respectively; the second The linear coefficients between the reference power and the sixth component, the seventh component, the eighth component, the ninth component and the tenth component are 1 respectively.
  • the second reference power is linearly related to the sixth component, the seventh component, the eighth component and the ninth component respectively; the second reference power is linearly related to the sixth component. component, the linear coefficient between the seventh component, the eighth component and the ninth component is 1 respectively.
  • the target power control parameter set includes the sixth component.
  • the target power control parameter group includes the identification of the second reference signal resource.
  • the identifier of the second reference signal resource includes SSB-Index.
  • the identifier of the second reference signal resource includes NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId.
  • the target power control parameter set includes the second coefficient.
  • the target power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component.
  • the target power control parameter group includes a closed-loop index corresponding to the eighth component.
  • the target power control parameter group includes at least the sixth component, the identifier of the second reference signal resource, the second coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component. one.
  • the target power control parameter group includes the sixth component, the identifier of the second reference signal resource, the second coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component.
  • the target power control parameter group includes the sixth component, the second coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component.
  • the target power control parameter group includes the sixth component and the second coefficient.
  • Embodiment 12 illustrates a schematic diagram of an antenna port that transmits a first signal according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the first signal includes v layers, where v is a positive integer; the v layers are precoded by W 0 and then mapped to the first antenna port group, and the v layers are precoded by W 1 After encoding, it is mapped to the second antenna port group, and the W 0 and the W 1 are respectively a precoder; the number of antenna ports included in the first antenna port group is equal to ⁇ 0, and the second antenna port group The number of included antenna ports is equal to ⁇ 1, and the ⁇ 0 and the ⁇ 1 are respectively positive integers; the first SRS resource subgroup is used by the first node to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS The resource subgroup is used by the first node to determine the second antenna port group.
  • the are respectively ⁇ 0 antenna ports in the first antenna port group, and the are respectively the ⁇ 1 antenna ports in the second antenna port group, and the y (0) (i),..., y (v-1) (i) are the v layers respectively; the M is the number of modulation symbols for each layer.
  • z (p) (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.211, where or
  • the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group each include at least one antenna port.
  • the channel experienced by one signal transmitted on one antenna port may be inferred from the channel experienced by another signal transmitted on the same antenna port.
  • the channel experienced by a signal transmitted on one antenna port cannot be inferred from the channel experienced by a signal transmitted on another antenna port.
  • the first antenna port group includes only one antenna port.
  • the first antenna port group includes multiple antenna ports.
  • the second antenna port group includes only one antenna port.
  • the second antenna port group includes multiple antenna ports.
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first antenna port group is equal to the number of antenna ports included in the second antenna port group.
  • the number of antenna ports included in the first antenna port group is not equal to the number of antenna ports included in the second antenna port group.
  • the first antenna port group includes the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the first antenna port group is composed of antenna ports that are the same as SRS ports of the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the second antenna port group includes the same SRS port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS ports of the SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the first SRS resource subgroup includes ⁇ 0 SRS ports
  • the second SRS resource subgroup includes ⁇ 1 SRS ports
  • the ⁇ 0 antenna ports are respectively the same as the first SRS resource subgroup.
  • the ⁇ 0 SRS ports included are the same antenna ports
  • the ⁇ 1 antenna ports are respectively the same antenna ports as the ⁇ 1 SRS ports included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the p0 antenna ports correspond to the p0 SRS ports one-to-one, and any antenna port among the p0 antenna ports is the same antenna port as the corresponding SRS port.
  • the ⁇ 1 antenna ports correspond to the ⁇ 1 SRS ports one-to-one, and any of the ⁇ 1 antenna ports is the same antenna port as the corresponding SRS port.
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the p0, and the number of SRS ports configured for any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup is Equal to 1, the ⁇ 0 SRS ports included in the first SRS resource subgroup are respectively the SRS ports of the ⁇ 0 SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup; the SRS ports included in the second SRS resource subgroup The number of resources is equal to ⁇ 1, the number of SRS ports configured for any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to 1, and the ⁇ 1 SRS ports included in the second SRS resource subgroup are respectively SRS ports of ⁇ 1 SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the ⁇ 0 is equal to the ⁇ 1.
  • the W 0 and the W 1 are each a unit matrix.
  • the first SRS resource subgroup includes only one SRS resource, the one SRS resource included in the first SRS resource subgroup is the first SRS resource, and the first SRS resource is The number of configured SRS ports is equal to the p0, and the p0 SRS ports included in the first SRS resource subgroup are the p0 SRS ports of the first SRS resource;
  • the second SRS resource subgroup only includes One SRS resource, one SRS resource included in the second SRS resource subgroup is a second SRS resource, the number of SRS ports configured in the second SRS resource is equal to the ⁇ 1, and the second SRS resource subgroup includes The ⁇ 1 SRS ports are the ⁇ 1 SRS ports of the second SRS resource.
  • the first signaling indicates the W 0 and the W 1 .
  • the first signal is sent simultaneously by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group.
  • the first signal is transmitted simultaneously by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group in the same time-frequency resource.
  • Embodiment 13 illustrates a schematic diagram of the first offset, the second power and the third power according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power
  • the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the second power
  • the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the second power.
  • the transmission power of the portion of a signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power
  • the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power. .
  • the units of the first power, the second power and the third power are dBm respectively.
  • the total transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power.
  • the total transmission power of the first signal on the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group is equal to the first power.
  • the sum of the linear value of the second power and the linear value of the third power is equal to the linear value of the first power.
  • the sum of the linear value of the second power and the linear value of the third power is not greater than the linear value of the first power.
  • the unit of the first offset is dB.
  • the unit of the first offset is dBm.
  • the first offset has no unit.
  • the first offset is a positive real number.
  • the first offset is a real number.
  • the first offset is configurable.
  • the first offset is configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the first offset is configured by layer 1 signaling.
  • the first offset is indicated by the first signaling.
  • the first offset does not need to be configured.
  • the difference between the second power and the third power is equal to the first offset.
  • the difference between the second power and the third power is not greater than the first offset.
  • the difference between the second power and the third power is not less than the first offset.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the second power and the third power is not greater than the first offset.
  • the ratio of the linear value of the second power to the linear value of the third power is equal to the first offset.
  • the linear value of a power is equal to 10 raised to the power of x1, and x1 is equal to the power divided by 10.
  • Embodiment 14 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first domain in the first signaling indicates the first offset according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the first signaling includes DCI
  • the first domain includes a DCI domain.
  • the first signaling includes DCI
  • the first domain includes DCI domain TPC command for scheduled PUSCH.
  • the first domain includes information in the DCI domain TPC command for scheduled PUSCH.
  • the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset.
  • the first field in the first signaling indicates a power offset.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset includes: the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset.
  • the first offset is equal to the one offset indicated by the first field in the first signaling.
  • the first domain in the first signaling is not used to determine the first power.
  • the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset, and the first field in the first signaling indicates that the offset is not used to determine the Describe the first power.
  • the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset
  • the first field in the first signaling indicates that the offset is not used to calculate the Describe the first power.
  • the first power has nothing to do with the first domain in the first signaling.
  • the calculation of the first power has nothing to do with the first domain in the first signaling.
  • Embodiment 15 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first field in the second signaling indicates the second offset according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the second signaling includes a first field
  • the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset
  • the second offset is determined by the first node. Used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
  • the first field in the second signaling indicates a TPC (Transmit Power Control) command.
  • the unit of the second offset is dB.
  • the second offset has no unit.
  • the second offset is a positive real number.
  • the second offset is a real number.
  • the transmission power of the second signal is the minimum value of the second reference power and the second power threshold in Embodiment 11; the second reference power is the minimum value of the second reference power and the second power threshold in Embodiment 11.
  • the eighth component of is linearly related; the second offset is used to determine the eighth component.
  • the eighth component and the second offset are linearly related, and the linear coefficient between the eighth component and the second offset is equal to 1.
  • the first domain in the first signaling is not used to determine the transmission power of the first signal, and the first domain in the second signaling is used to The transmit power of the second signal is determined.
  • the first field in the first signaling and the first field in the second signaling respectively indicate an offset; the third field in the first signaling An offset indicated by a domain is not used to determine the transmission power of the first signal, and an offset indicated by the first domain in the second signaling is used to determine the third The transmit power of the second signal.
  • the interpretation of the first domain in the first signaling is different from the interpretation of the first domain in the second signaling.
  • the interpretation of the first domain in a signaling is related to the third domain in the signaling.
  • the interpretation of the first domain in the one signaling is related to whether the third domain in the one signaling is reserved.
  • the fourth field in a signaling is used to determine the interpretation of the first field in the signaling.
  • an offset indicated by the first domain in the one signaling is used to determine that the PUSCH scheduled by the one signaling is used by the first antenna port.
  • the fourth field in the one signaling indicates the third
  • An offset indicated by the domain is used to determine the total transmit power of the PUSCH for the one signaling schedule.
  • Embodiment 16 illustrates a schematic diagram of L1 candidate values of the first bit subgroup, L1 SRS resource groups and L1 power control parameter groups according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 16 .
  • the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups.
  • any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values There is a one-to-one correspondence with L1 power control parameter groups, and the first power control parameter group is one of the L1 power control parameter groups that corresponds to the value of the first bit subgroup in the first signaling. Power control parameter group.
  • the indexes of the L1 candidate values are #0,...,#(L1-1) respectively; the indexes of the L1 SRS resource groups are #0,...,#( L1-1); the indexes of the L1 power control parameter groups are #0,..., #(L1-1) respectively.
  • the first SRS resource group is an SRS resource group indicated by the value of the first bit subgroup in the first signaling among the L1 SRS resource groups.
  • the first bit subset includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
  • the first bit subgroup is composed of the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
  • the candidate values for the value of the first bit subset include multiple candidate values.
  • the candidate values of the value of the first bit subset are composed of the L1 candidate values.
  • the candidate values of the value of the first bit subset include at least one candidate value that does not belong to the L1 candidate values.
  • any candidate value among the candidate values of the value of the first bit subset that does not belong to the L1 candidate values is reserved.
  • the value of the first bit subset in the first signaling is one of the L1 candidate values.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes alfa.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state index.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes a path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
  • any of the L1 power control parameter groups includes at least one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index or path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
  • any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0 and alfa.
  • the L1 power control parameter groups do not include the second power control parameter group and the third power control parameter group in Embodiment 8.
  • the power control parameters included in two of the L1 power control parameter groups are set to exactly the same value.
  • two power control parameter groups among the L1 power control parameter groups include at least one power control parameter set to a different value.
  • the correspondence between the L1 candidate values and the L1 power control parameter groups is configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the correspondence between the L1 candidate values and the L1 power control parameter groups is configured by an IE.
  • the name of the one IE includes "sri-PUSCH-Mapping".
  • the name of the one IE includes "sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList".
  • any power control parameter in a power control parameter group is one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index or path loss reference signal identity.
  • the number of bits included in a bit subset is used to determine the number of candidate values for the value of the bit subset.
  • the number of candidate values for the value of a bit subgroup is equal to 2 raised to the power of x2, and x2 is equal to the number of bits included in the one bit subgroup.
  • the number of candidate values for the value of a bit subgroup is no greater than 2 to the power of x2, and x2 is equal to the number of bits included in the one bit subgroup.
  • Embodiment 17 illustrates a schematic diagram of the second bit subset and Q1 first-type mapping lists according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the first bit group includes a second bit subgroup; the candidate values for the value of the second bit subgroup include Q1 candidate values, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the Q1 There is a one-to-one correspondence between candidate values and Q1 first-type mapping lists. Any one of the Q1 first-type mapping lists indicates the correspondence between at least one candidate value and at least one power control parameter group.
  • the at least one candidate value is a candidate value of at least one DCI domain value
  • the first mapping list is the second bit subset in the Q1 first type mapping lists and the first signaling
  • a first type mapping list corresponding to a value, the at least one candidate value corresponding to the first mapping list is the candidate value of the value of the first bit subgroup, and the first mapping list indicates the L1 The corresponding relationship between the candidate values and the L1 power control parameter groups.
  • indexes of the Q1 candidate values are #0,..., #(Q1-1); the indexes of the Q1 first-type mapping lists are #0,..., #(Q1-1).
  • the first bit group includes the first bit subgroup and the second bit subgroup.
  • the first bit group is composed of the first bit subgroup and the second bit subgroup.
  • the at least one candidate value corresponding to the first mapping list is the candidate value of the value of the first bit subset, and the first bit subset includes the value in the first signaling. the second domain and the third domain.
  • the Q1 first type mapping lists are configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the Q1 first type mapping lists are configured by at least one IE.
  • the Q1 first type mapping lists are configured by different IEs.
  • the Q1 first-type mapping lists are configured by different domains of an IE.
  • the first IE is used to configure at least one first type list among the Q1 first type mapping lists, and the name of the first IE includes "PUSCH-PowerControl".
  • the fifth domain of the first IE is used to configure at least one first-category list among the Q1 first-category mapping lists, and the name of the fifth domain includes “sri-PUSCH- Mapping".
  • the first information block is used to configure at least one first-type mapping list among the Q1 first-type mapping lists.
  • the first information block is used to configure the Q1 first type mapping lists.
  • the first bit group includes a second bit subgroup; the candidate values of the second bit subgroup include Q1 candidate values, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the Q1 The candidate values correspond one-to-one to Q1 second-type mapping lists, and any second-type mapping list among the Q1 second-type mapping lists indicates a mapping relationship between at least one candidate value and at least one SRS resource group;
  • the at least one candidate value is a candidate value of at least one DCI domain value;
  • the second mapping list is the value of the second bit subset in the Q1 second type mapping lists and the first signaling Corresponding second type mapping list, the at least one candidate value corresponding to the second mapping list is the candidate value of the value of the first bit subset, the second mapping list indicates the L1 candidates The corresponding relationship between the value and the L1 SRS resource groups.
  • any SRS resource corresponding to the first given mapping list The group only includes SRS resources in the first SRS resource set; any SRS resource group corresponding to the second given mapping list only includes SRS resources in the second SRS resource set.
  • the Q1 second type mapping lists are predefined.
  • the at least one candidate value corresponding to the second-type mapping list is a candidate value of the value of the second domain.
  • the second bit subset includes the fourth field in the first signaling.
  • the second bit subset is composed of the fourth field in the first signaling.
  • the second bit group includes a third bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the third bit subgroup include L2 candidate values, where the L2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L2 The candidate values respectively indicate L2 SRS resource groups; each SRS resource in any SRS resource group among the L2 SRS resource groups belongs to the target SRS resource set; the L2 candidate values and the L2 power control The parameter groups have a one-to-one correspondence, and the target power control parameter group is a power control parameter group among the L2 power control parameter groups that corresponds to the value of the third bit subgroup in the second signaling.
  • the third bit subset includes the second field in the second signaling and only the second field in the third field.
  • the third bit subgroup is composed of the second field in the second signaling.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes alfa.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state index.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes a path loss reference signal identity.
  • any of the L2 power control parameter groups includes at least one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index or path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
  • any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0 and alfa.
  • the power control parameters included in two power control parameter groups among the L2 power control parameter groups are set to exactly the same value.
  • two power control parameter groups among the L2 power control parameter groups include at least one power control parameter set to a different value.
  • the correspondence between the L2 candidate values and the L2 power control parameter groups is configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the second bit group includes a fourth bit subgroup, the value of the fourth bit subgroup is one of the Q1 candidate values; the third mapping list is the Q1 first type A first type of mapping list corresponding to the value of the fourth bit subgroup in the second signaling, and the at least one candidate value corresponding to the third mapping list is the third bit subgroup.
  • the candidate values of the group of values; the third mapping list indicates the correspondence between the L2 candidate values and the L2 power control parameter groups.
  • the second bit group includes a fourth bit subgroup, the value of the fourth bit subgroup is one of the Q1 candidate values; the fourth mapping list is the Q1 second type A second type of mapping list corresponding to the value of the fourth bit subgroup in the second signaling, where the at least one candidate value corresponding to the fourth mapping list is the third bit subgroup.
  • the candidate values of the group value; the fourth mapping list indicates the correspondence between the L2 candidate values and the L2 SRS resource groups.
  • the fourth bit subset includes the fourth field in the second signaling.
  • the fourth bit subgroup is composed of the fourth field in the second signaling.
  • Embodiment 18 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node device according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 18 .
  • the processing device 1800 in the first node device includes a first receiver 1801 and a first transmitter 1802.
  • the first receiver 1801 receives the first signaling; the first transmitter 1802 sends the first signal.
  • the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal;
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, and the first bit in the first signaling
  • the group is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine an antenna port for transmitting the first signal;
  • the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS Resource subgroups;
  • the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup each include at least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup
  • the source belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource.
  • the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal;
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the first receiver 1801 receives a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1; wherein, the first information block A power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first of the P power control parameter groups. A set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first receiver 1801 receives second signaling, which is used to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; the first transmitter 1802 sends the second signal; wherein , the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine whether to send the the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the first An SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the Describe the target power control parameter group.
  • the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine whether to send the the antenna port of the second signal
  • the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group
  • the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group
  • the first signal is used by the third antenna port group.
  • One antenna port group and the second antenna port group transmit; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the third Second power, the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power. difference.
  • the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  • the second signaling includes a first field
  • the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset
  • the second offset is used to determine the first The transmit power of the second signal.
  • the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, where L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 The candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set.
  • SRS resources; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 power control parameter group and the third parameter in the first signaling.
  • a power control parameter group corresponding to the value of a one-bit subgroup.
  • the first node device is user equipment.
  • the first node device is a relay node device.
  • the first signaling is a DCI;
  • the higher-layer parameter "usage” associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-layer parameter "usage” associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to “nonCodebook” or both are set to "codebook”;
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured by a first higher-level parameter, and the name of the first higher-level parameter includes "srs-ResourceSetToAddModList ";
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the first node is configured with a second higher-level parameter, and the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfn" and "scheme”.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the first receiver 1801 includes the ⁇ antenna 452, receiver 454, receiving processor 456, multi-antenna receiving processor 458, controller/processor 459, memory 460, and data source in Embodiment 4. At least one of 467 ⁇ .
  • the first transmitter 1802 includes the ⁇ antenna 452, transmitter 454, transmission processor 468, multi-antenna transmission processor 457, controller/processor 459, memory 460, data source in Embodiment 4. At least one of 467 ⁇ .
  • Embodiment 19 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in Figure 19 shown.
  • the processing device 1900 in the second node device includes a second transmitter 1901 and a second receiver 1902.
  • the second transmitter 1901 sends the first signaling; the second receiver 1902 receives the first signal.
  • the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal;
  • the first signaling includes a first bit group, and the first bit in the first signaling
  • the group is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine an antenna port for transmitting the first signal;
  • the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS Resource subgroups;
  • the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup each include at least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, so Any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to a second SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively include at least one SRS resource;
  • the first power control parameter group is used To determine the transmission power of the first signal;
  • the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the second transmitter sends a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, and the P is a positive integer greater than 1;
  • the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups
  • the first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the second transmitter 1901 sends second signaling, which is used to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; the second receiver 1902 receives the second signal; wherein , the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine whether to send the the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the first An SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the Describe the target power control parameter group.
  • the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine whether to send the the antenna port of the second signal
  • the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group
  • the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group
  • the first signal is used by the third antenna port group.
  • One antenna port group and the second antenna port group transmit; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the third Second power, the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power. difference.
  • the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  • the second signaling includes a first field
  • the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset
  • the second offset is used to determine the first The transmit power of the second signal.
  • the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup
  • the candidate values of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values
  • the L1 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the L1 The candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set.
  • SRS resources; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 power control parameter group and the first signaling A power control parameter group corresponding to the value of the first bit subgroup.
  • the second node device is a base station device.
  • the second node device is user equipment.
  • the second node device is a relay node device.
  • the first signaling is a DCI;
  • the higher-layer parameter "usage” associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-layer parameter "usage” associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to “nonCodebook” or both are set to "codebook”;
  • the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured by a first higher-level parameter, and the name of the first higher-level parameter includes "srs-ResourceSetToAddModList ";
  • the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
  • the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
  • the bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  • the second transmitter 1901 includes ⁇ antenna 420, transmitter 418, transmission processor 416, multi-antenna transmission processor 471, controller/processor 475, memory 476 ⁇ in Embodiment 4. At least one.
  • the second receiver 1902 includes ⁇ antenna 420, receiver 418, receiving processor 470, multi-antenna receiving processor 472, controller/processor 475, memory 476 ⁇ in Embodiment 4. At least one.
  • User equipment, terminals and UEs in this application include but are not limited to drones, communication modules on drones, remote control aircraft, aircraft, small aircraft, mobile phones, tablets, notebooks, vehicle-mounted communication equipment, vehicles, vehicles, RSU, wireless sensor, network card, Internet of Things terminal, RFID terminal, NB-IOT terminal, MTC (Machine Type Communication, machine type communication) terminal, eMTC (enhanced MTC, enhanced MTC) terminal, data card, network card, vehicle Communication equipment, low-cost mobile phones, low-cost tablet computers and other wireless communication equipment.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication, machine type communication
  • eMTC enhanced MTC
  • the base station or system equipment in this application includes but is not limited to macro cell base station, micro cell base station, small cell base station, home base station, relay base station, eNB, gNB, TRP (Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node), GNSS, relay Satellites, satellite base stations, air base stations, RSU (Road Side Unit), drones, test equipment, such as wireless communication equipment such as transceivers or signaling testers that simulate some functions of the base station.

Abstract

The present application discloses a method and apparatus used in a wireless communication node. A first node receives first signaling, and sends a first signal. The first signaling is used for determining scheduling information of the first signal. The first signaling comprises a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used for determining a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used for determining an antenna port for sending the first signal. The first SRS resource group comprises a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup. Any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to a first SRS resource set, and any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to a second SRS resource set. A first power control parameter group is used for determining transmit power of the first signal. The first bit group in the first signaling is used for determining the first power control parameter group. According to the method, uplink power control is simplified, thus improving uplink transmission performance.

Description

一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置Method and device used in wireless communication nodes 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信系统中的传输方法和装置,尤其是支持蜂窝网的无线通信系统中的无线信号的传输方法和装置。The present application relates to transmission methods and devices in wireless communication systems, in particular to wireless signal transmission methods and devices in wireless communication systems supporting cellular networks.
背景技术Background technique
多天线技术是3GPP(3rd Generation Partner Project,第三代合作伙伴项目)LTE(Long-term Evolution,长期演进)系统和NR(New Radio,新无线电)系统中的关键技术。通过在通信节点处,比如基站或UE(User Equipment,用户设备)处,配置多根天线来获得额外的空间自由度。多根天线通过波束赋型,形成波束指向一个特定方向来提高通信质量。多天线系统提供的自由度可以用来提高传输可靠性和/或吞吐量。当多根天线属于多个TRP(Transmitter Receiver Point,发送接收节点)/panel(天线面板)时,利用不同TRP/panel之间的空间差异,可以获得额外的分集增益。在NR R(release)17中,基于多个波束/TRP/panel的上行传输被支持,用于提高上行传输的可靠性。在R17中,一个UE可以被配置多个基于码本(codebook)或非码本(non-codebook)的SRS(Sounding Reference Signal,探测参考信号)资源集合,不同SRS资源集合对应不同波束/TRP/panel,用于实现多波束/TRP/panel的上行传输。Multi-antenna technology is a key technology in the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partner Project) LTE (Long-term Evolution) system and NR (New Radio) system. Additional spatial degrees of freedom are obtained by configuring multiple antennas at communication nodes, such as base stations or UEs (User Equipment). Multiple antennas use beamforming to form beams pointing in a specific direction to improve communication quality. The degree of freedom provided by multiple antenna systems can be exploited to improve transmission reliability and/or throughput. When multiple antennas belong to multiple TRPs (Transmitter Receiver Points, transmitting and receiving nodes)/panels (antenna panels), additional diversity gain can be obtained by utilizing the spatial differences between different TRPs/panels. In NRR(release)17, uplink transmission based on multiple beams/TRP/panel is supported to improve the reliability of uplink transmission. In R17, a UE can be configured with multiple SRS (Sounding Reference Signal) resource sets based on codebook (codebook) or non-codebook (non-codebook). Different SRS resource sets correspond to different beams/TRP/ panel, used to implement multi-beam/TRP/panel uplink transmission.
发明内容Contents of the invention
基于不同SRS资源集合的上行信号可以占用相互正交的时域资源,如R17中的做法,也可以占用交叠的时域资源。申请人通过研究发现,当基于不同SRS资源集合的上行信号占用交叠的时域资源时,对上行功率控制的影响是需要解决的问题。针对上述问题,本申请公开了一种解决方案。需要说明的是,虽然上述描述采用蜂窝网和基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输作为例子,本申请也适用于其他场景比如副链路(Sidelink)传输和基于单SRS资源集合的上行传输,并取得类似在蜂窝网和基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输中的技术效果。此外,不同场景(包括但不限于蜂窝网,副链路,基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输,基于单SRS资源集合的上行传输)采用统一解决方案还有助于降低硬件复杂度和成本。在不冲突的情况下,本申请的第一节点中的实施例和实施例中的特征可以应用到第二节点中,反之亦然。在不冲突的情况下,本申请的实施例和实施例中的特征可以任意相互组合。Uplink signals based on different SRS resource sets can occupy mutually orthogonal time domain resources, such as the approach in R17, or can also occupy overlapping time domain resources. The applicant found through research that when uplink signals based on different SRS resource sets occupy overlapping time domain resources, the impact on uplink power control is a problem that needs to be solved. In response to the above problems, this application discloses a solution. It should be noted that although the above description uses cellular networks and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets as examples, this application is also applicable to other scenarios such as sidelink transmission and uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set, and obtains It is similar to the technical effects in cellular networks and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets. In addition, adopting unified solutions for different scenarios (including but not limited to cellular networks, secondary links, uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets, and uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set) can also help reduce hardware complexity and costs. In the case of no conflict, the embodiments and features in the embodiments of the first node of the present application can be applied to the second node, and vice versa. The embodiments of the present application and the features in the embodiments can be combined with each other arbitrarily without conflict.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语(Terminology)的解释是参考3GPP的规范协议TS36系列的定义。As an example, the terminology (Terminology) in this application is explained with reference to the definition of the TS36 series of standard protocols of 3GPP.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语的解释是参考3GPP的规范协议TS38系列的定义。As an example, the explanation of terms in this application is with reference to the definitions of the TS38 series of specification protocols of 3GPP.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语的解释是参考3GPP的规范协议TS37系列的定义。As an example, the interpretation of terms in this application refers to the definitions of the TS37 series of specification protocols of 3GPP.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语的解释是参考IEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,电气和电子工程师协会)的规范协议的定义。As an example, the interpretation of terms in this application is with reference to the definitions of the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) standard protocols.
本申请公开了一种被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:This application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized by including:
接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;Receive first signaling, the first signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
发送所述第一信号;sending the first signal;
其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
作为一个实施例,本申请要解决的问题包括:基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输的功率控制问题。上述方法中,所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一信号的上行功率控制中使用的所述第一功控参数组,解决了这一问题。 As an embodiment, the problems to be solved by this application include: power control problem of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets. In the above method, the first bit group is used to determine the first power control parameter group used in uplink power control of the first signal, which solves this problem.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的特质包括:所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合都被用于确定发送所述第一信号的所述天线端口,但所述第一信号的所述发送功率的计算只使用了一个功控参数组,即所述第一功控参数组。As an embodiment, characteristics of the above method include: both the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are used to determine the antenna port for sending the first signal, but the The calculation of the transmit power uses only one power control parameter group, that is, the first power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的好处包括:解决了基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输的功率控制问题。As an embodiment, the benefits of the above method include: solving the power control problem of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的好处包括:用一个功控参数组来计算基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输的发送功率,简化了上行功率控制。As an embodiment, the benefits of the above method include: using one power control parameter group to calculate the transmit power of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets, simplifying uplink power control.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的好处包括:使用和上行传输基于的SRS资源相匹配的功控参数组,提高了上行传输的性能。As an embodiment, the benefits of the above method include: using a power control parameter group that matches the SRS resource on which uplink transmission is based, improving the performance of uplink transmission.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, it is characterized by including:
接收第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;Receive a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1;
其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。Wherein, the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的特质包括:所述P个功控参数组包括针对基于单SRS资源集合的上行传输的功控参数组和针对基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输的功控参数组。As an embodiment, the characteristics of the above method include: the P power control parameter groups include a power control parameter group for uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set and a power control parameter group for uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的好处包括:对基于单SRS资源集合的上行传输和基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输分别配置功控参数组,能更灵活和准确的进行上行功率控制,提高了上行传输性能。As an embodiment, the benefits of the above method include: separately configuring power control parameter groups for uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets, enabling more flexible and accurate uplink power control, improving uplink efficiency. Transmission performance.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, it is characterized by including:
接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;Receive second signaling, the second signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the second signal;
发送所述第二信号;Send the second signal;
其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。Wherein, the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the The first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine The target power control parameter group.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。According to an aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; the third SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; A signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group. The transmit power of the portion of the first signal sent by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the second power and the The difference between the third power.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。According to an aspect of the present application, the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。According to an aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。According to an aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, and the L1 is a positive value greater than 1. Integer; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set. SRS resources of the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the sum of the L1 power control parameter groups and the first signal Let the value of the first bit subgroup in let correspond to a power control parameter group.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括一个用户设备。According to an aspect of the present application, the first node includes a user equipment.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一节点包括一个中继节点。According to an aspect of the present application, the first node includes a relay node.
本申请公开了一种被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:This application discloses a method used in a second node of wireless communication, which is characterized by including:
发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;Send first signaling, the first signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
接收所述第一信号;receiving the first signal;
其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源; 所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; Any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource set and The second set of SRS resources respectively includes at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to Determine the first power control parameter group.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, it is characterized by including:
发送第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;Send a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1;
其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。Wherein, the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,包括:According to one aspect of the present application, it is characterized by including:
发送第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;Send second signaling, the second signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the second signal;
接收所述第二信号;receiving the second signal;
其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。Wherein, the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the The first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine The target power control parameter group.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。According to an aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; the third SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; A signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group. The transmit power of the portion of the first signal sent by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the second power and the The difference between the third power.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。According to an aspect of the present application, the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。According to an aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。According to an aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, and the L1 is a positive value greater than 1. Integer; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set. SRS resources of the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the sum of the L1 power control parameter groups and the first signal Let the value of the first bit subgroup in let correspond to a power control parameter group.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第二节点是基站。According to an aspect of the present application, the second node is a base station.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第二节点是用户设备。According to an aspect of the present application, the second node is user equipment.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第二节点是中继节点。According to an aspect of the present application, the second node is a relay node.
本申请公开了一种被用于无线通信的第一节点设备,其特征在于,包括:This application discloses a first node device used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
第一接收机,接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;A first receiver receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
第一发送机,发送所述第一信号;A first transmitter sends the first signal;
其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
本申请公开了一种被用于无线通信的第二节点设备,其特征在于,包括:This application discloses a second node device used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
第二发送机,发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;The second transmitter sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal;
第二接收机,接收所述第一信号; a second receiver to receive the first signal;
其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
作为一个实施例,和传统方案相比,本申请具备如下优势:As an example, compared with traditional solutions, this application has the following advantages:
解决了基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输的功率控制问题。The power control problem of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets is solved.
用一个功控参数组来计算基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输的发送功率,简化了上行功率控制。Using a power control parameter group to calculate the transmit power of uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets simplifies uplink power control.
使用和上行传输相匹配的功控参数组,提高了上行传输的性能。The performance of uplink transmission is improved by using a power control parameter group that matches the uplink transmission.
对基于单SRS资源集合的上行传输和基于多SRS资源集合的上行传输分别配置功控参数组,能更灵活和准确的进行上行功率控制,提高了上行传输性能。Configuring power control parameter groups separately for uplink transmission based on a single SRS resource set and uplink transmission based on multiple SRS resource sets enables more flexible and accurate uplink power control, improving uplink transmission performance.
附图说明Description of the drawings
通过阅读参照以下附图中的对非限制性实施例所作的详细描述,本申请的其它特征、目的和优点将会变得更加明显:Other features, objects and advantages of the present application will become more apparent upon reading the detailed description of the non-limiting embodiments taken with reference to the following drawings:
图1示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令和第一信号的流程图;Figure 1 shows a flow chart of first signaling and first signals according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的网络架构的示意图;Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图;Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一通信设备和第二通信设备的示意图;Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输的流程图;Figure 5 shows a flow chart of transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令包括第二域和第三域的示意图;Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram in which first signaling includes a second domain and a third domain according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一功控参数组被用于确定第一信号的发送功率的示意图;Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram in which the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信息块的示意图;Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of a first information block according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二信令包括第二域和第三域的示意图;Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram in which second signaling includes a second domain and a third domain according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二信令中的第二比特组被用于确定目标功控参数组的示意图;Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram in which the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标功控参数组被用于确定第二信号的发送功率的示意图;Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram in which a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的发送第一信号的天线端口的示意图;Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram of an antenna port that transmits a first signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一偏移量,第二功率和第三功率的示意图;Figure 13 shows a schematic diagram of the first offset, the second power and the third power according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令中的第一域指示第一偏移量的示意图;Figure 14 shows a schematic diagram in which the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二信令中的第一域指示第二偏移量的示意图;Figure 15 shows a schematic diagram in which the first field in the second signaling indicates the second offset according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一比特子组的L1个候选值,L1个SRS资源组和L1个功控参数组的示意图;Figure 16 shows a schematic diagram of L1 candidate values of the first bit subgroup, L1 SRS resource groups and L1 power control parameter groups according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二比特子组和Q1个第一类映射列表的示意图;Figure 17 shows a schematic diagram of the second bit subset and Q1 first type mapping lists according to one embodiment of the present application;
图18示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第一节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图;Figure 18 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第二节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图。Figure 19 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下文将结合附图对本申请的技术方案作进一步详细说明,需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例和实施例中的特征可以任意相互组合。The technical solution of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, as long as there is no conflict, the embodiments and features in the embodiments of the present application can be combined with each other arbitrarily.
实施例1Example 1
实施例1示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令和第一信号的流程图,如附图1所示。在附图1所示的100中,每个方框代表一个步骤。特别的,方框中的步骤的顺序不代表各个步骤之间特定的时间先 后关系。Embodiment 1 illustrates a flow chart of the first signaling and the first signal according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1 . In 100 shown in Figure 1, each block represents a step. In particular, the order of the steps in the box does not imply a specific timing between steps. Post-relationship.
在实施例1中,本申请中的所述第一节点在步骤101中接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;在步骤102中发送所述第一信号。其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。In Embodiment 1, the first node in this application receives the first signaling in step 101, and the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal; and sends the first signaling in step 102. A signal. Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括物理层信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes physical layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括动态信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes dynamic signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括层1(L1)的信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes layer 1 (L1) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括DCI(Downlink Control Information,下行控制信息)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes DCI (Downlink Control Information).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是一个DCI。As an embodiment, the first signaling is a DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括一个DCI中的一个或多个DCI域(field)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes one or more DCI fields (fields) in one DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令的格式(format)属于Format 0_0,Format 0_1或Format 0_2中之一。As an embodiment, the format of the first signaling belongs to one of Format 0_0, Format 0_1 or Format 0_2.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线电资源控制)信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括MAC CE(Medium Access Control layer Control Element,媒体接入控制层控制元素)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes MAC CE (Medium Access Control layer Control Element, media access control layer control element).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括基带信号。As an embodiment, the first signal includes a baseband signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括无线信号。As an embodiment, the first signal includes a wireless signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括射频信号。As an embodiment, the first signal includes a radio frequency signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号携带至少一个TB(Transport Block,传输块)。As an embodiment, the first signal carries at least one TB (Transport Block).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号携带至少一个CBG(Code Block Group,码块组)。As an embodiment, the first signal carries at least one CBG (Code Block Group).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括至少一个层(layer)。As an embodiment, the first signal includes at least one layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括的层数(number of layers)等于1。As an embodiment, the first signal includes a number of layers equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括的层数(number of layers)大于1。As an embodiment, the first signal includes a number of layers greater than 1.
作为一个实施例,所述层是指MIMO(Multiple Input Multiple Output,多输入多输出)layer。As an embodiment, the layer refers to a MIMO (Multiple Input Multiple Output, Multiple Input Multiple Output) layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述调度信息包括QCL(Quasi Co-Location)关系。As an embodiment, the scheduling information of the first signal includes a QCL (Quasi Co-Location) relationship.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述调度信息包括空间关系。As an embodiment, the scheduling information of the first signal includes spatial relationships.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述调度信息包括时域资源,频域资源,MCS(Modulation and Coding Scheme),DMRS(DeModulation Reference Signals,解调参考信号)端口(port),HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request)进程号(process number),RV(Redundancy version),NDI(New data indicator),TCI(Transmission Configuration Indicator)状态(state)或SRI(Sounding reference signal Resource Indicator)中的一种或多种。As an embodiment, the scheduling information of the first signal includes time domain resources, frequency domain resources, MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme), DMRS (DeModulation Reference Signals, demodulation reference signal) port (port), HARQ ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) one or more of process number, RV (Redundancy version), NDI (New data indicator), TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator) state or SRI (Sounding reference signal Resource Indicator) kind.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令显式的指示所述第一信号的所述调度信息。As an embodiment, the first signaling explicitly indicates the scheduling information of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令隐式的指示所述第一信号的所述调度信息。As an embodiment, the first signaling implicitly indicates the scheduling information of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令显式的指示所述第一信号的所述调度信息中的一部分,隐式的指示所述第一信号的所述调度信息中的另一部分。As an embodiment, the first signaling explicitly indicates a part of the scheduling information of the first signal, and implicitly indicates another part of the scheduling information of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括所述第一信号的所述调度信息。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes the scheduling information of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号是基于SFN(Single Frequency Network)的传输。As an embodiment, the first signal is transmitted based on SFN (Single Frequency Network).
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点被配置了第二更高层参数,所述第二更高层参数的名称里包括“sfn”和“scheme”。As an embodiment, the first node is configured with a second higher-level parameter, and the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfn" and "scheme".
作为一个实施例,所述第二更高层参数的名称里包括“sfnscheme”。As an embodiment, the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfnscheme".
作为一个实施例,所述第二更高层参数的名称里包括“sfnscheme”和“pusch”。As an embodiment, the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfnscheme" and "pusch".
作为一个实施例,所述第二更高层参数是PUSCH-Config IE(Information Element,信息单元)配置的。 As an embodiment, the second higher layer parameter is configured by PUSCH-Config IE (Information Element, information element).
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点没有被配置第三更高层参数,或者,所述第一节点被配置的第三更高层参数的值属于第一参数值集合;所述第三更高层参数的名称里包括“repetitionScheme”,所述第一参数值集合包括至少一个参数值,所述第一参数值集合中的每个参数值既不包括字符串“tdm”也不包括字符串“fdm”。As an embodiment, the first node is not configured with a third higher-layer parameter, or the value of the third higher-layer parameter configured with the first node belongs to the first parameter value set; the third higher-layer parameter The name includes "repetitionScheme", the first parameter value set includes at least one parameter value, and each parameter value in the first parameter value set includes neither the string "tdm" nor the string "fdm" .
作为一个实施例,所述第一参数值集合中的任一参数值包括字符串“sfn”。As an embodiment, any parameter value in the first parameter value set includes the character string "sfn".
作为一个实施例,所述第一参数值集合中的一个参数值包括字符串“sfn”。As an embodiment, one parameter value in the first parameter value set includes the character string "sfn".
作为一个实施例,所述第三更高层参数由PUSCH-Config IE配置。As an embodiment, the third higher layer parameter is configured by PUSCH-Config IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点没有被配置更高层参数“pusch-AggregationFactor”。As an embodiment, the first node is not configured with the higher-level parameter "pusch-AggregationFactor".
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点被配置的第四更高层参数中不存在一个条目(entry)包括第一类参数;所述第四更高层参数的名称里包括“pusch-TimeDomain”和“AllocationList”,所述第一类参数的名称里包括“numberOfRepetitions”。As an embodiment, there is no entry in the fourth higher-level parameter configured on the first node that includes the first type of parameter; the name of the fourth higher-level parameter includes “pusch-TimeDomain” and “ AllocationList", the name of the first type of parameter includes "numberOfRepetitions".
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第四更高层参数由PUSCH-Config IE配置。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the fourth higher layer parameter is configured by PUSCH-Config IE.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第四更高层参数的名称里包括“pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList”。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the name of the fourth higher-level parameter includes "pusch-TimeDomainAllocationList".
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第四更高层参数的名称里包括“pusch-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList”。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the name of the fourth higher-level parameter includes "pusch-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList".
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组包括的SRS资源的数量大于1。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource group includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源包括至少一个SRS端口。As an embodiment, any SRS resource in the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组中任一SRS资源被一个SRS-ResourceId所标识。As an embodiment, any SRS resource in the first SRS resource group is identified by an SRS-ResourceId.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别被两个不同的SRS-ResourceSetId所标识。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are respectively identified by two different SRS-ResourceSetIds.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合由第一更高层参数配置,所述第一更高层参数的名称里包括“srs-ResourceSetToAddModList”。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured by a first higher-layer parameter, and the name of the first higher-layer parameter includes "srs-ResourceSetToAddModList".
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”和所述第二SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”都被设置为“nonCodebook”或都被设置为“codebook”。As an embodiment, the higher-level parameter "usage" associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-level parameter "usage" associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "nonCodebook" or both are set to "codebook" ".
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合中的任一SRS资源包括至少一个SRS端口,所述第二SRS资源集合中的任一SRS资源包括至少一个SRS端口。As an embodiment, any SRS resource in the first SRS resource set includes at least one SRS port, and any SRS resource in the second SRS resource set includes at least one SRS port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别对应不同的TCI状态。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively correspond to different TCI states.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别对应不同的TA(Timing Advance)。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively correspond to different TAs (Timing Advance).
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别属于不同的TAG(Time-Advance Group)。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively belong to different TAG (Time-Advance Group).
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别对应不同的功率控制调节状态(power control adjustment state)索引。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively correspond to different power control adjustment state (power control adjustment state) indexes.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合被配置给同一个BWP(BandWidth Part,带宽区间)。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured to the same BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth interval).
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合被配置给同一个载波(Carrier)。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured to the same carrier (Carrier).
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合被配置给同一个小区。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured for the same cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组由所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组组成。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource group consists of the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量大于1。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource subgroup includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量大于1。As an embodiment, the second SRS resource subgroup includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组中任一SRS资源的SRS端口数量等于所述第二SRS资源子 组中任一SRS资源的SRS端口数量。As an embodiment, the number of SRS ports of any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS ports in the second SRS resource subgroup. The number of SRS ports for any SRS resource in the group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组中任意两个SRS资源的SRS端口数量相等。As an embodiment, the number of SRS ports of any two SRS resources in the first SRS resource group is equal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组中存在两个SRS资源的SRS端口数量不相等。As an embodiment, the number of SRS ports of two SRS resources in the first SRS resource group is unequal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括至少一个比特。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes at least one bit.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的至少一个DCI域。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes at least one DCI field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的多个DCI域。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes multiple DCI domains in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的一个DCI域组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group consists of a DCI field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组指示所述第一SRS资源组。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组的值指示所述第一SRS资源组。As an embodiment, the value of the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组指示所述第一SRS资源组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组的值指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the value of the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源子组来指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup by indicating the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组的值指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the value of the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源数量来隐式的指示所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates the SRS included in the second SRS resource subgroup by indicating the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup. The amount of resources.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组指示所述第一SRS资源组中的每个SRS资源的SRI。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates the SRI of each SRS resource in the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource indicator。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource indicator和DCI域Second SRS resource indicator。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource indicator and the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource indicator和DCI域Second SRS resource indicator组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the DCI domain SRS resource indicator and the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource set indicator。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource set indicator组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the DCI domain SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource indicator,DCI域Second SRS resource indicator和DCI域SRS resource set indicator。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the DCI domain SRS resource indicator, the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator and the DCI domain SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的DCI域SRS resource indicator,Second SRS resource indicator和SRS resource set indicator组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling consists of the DCI domain SRS resource indicator, Second SRS resource indicator and SRS resource set indicator in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号被和所述第一SRS资源组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口发送。As an embodiment, the first signal is sent by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,发送所述第一信号的所述天线端口的数量大于1。As an embodiment, the number of antenna ports for transmitting the first signal is greater than 1.
作为一个实施例,对于所述第一SRS资源组中的任一给定SRS资源,所述第一节点用和所述给定SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, for any given SRS resource in the first SRS resource group, the first node sends the first signal using the same antenna port as the SRS port of the given SRS resource.
作为一个实施例,第一SRS资源是所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源,第二SRS资源是所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源;所述第一节点用和所述第一SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口以及和所述第二SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource is any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup, and the second SRS resource is any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup; the first node The first signal is transmitted using the same antenna port as the SRS port of the first SRS resource and the same antenna port as the SRS port of the second SRS resource.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一节点在相同的时频资源中,用和所述第一SRS资源的SRS 端口相同的天线端口以及和所述第二SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口同时发送所述第一信号。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first node uses the SRS of the first SRS resource in the same time-frequency resource. The antenna port with the same port and the same SRS port as the second SRS resource transmits the first signal at the same time.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号被和所述第一SRS资源组中的SRS资源相同的空域滤波器(spatial domain filter)发送。As an embodiment, the first signal is sent by the same spatial domain filter as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点用相同的空域滤波器在所述第一SRS资源组中的SRS资源中发送SRS和发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, the first node uses the same spatial filter to send the SRS and the first signal in the SRS resource in the first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,对于所述第一SRS资源组中的任一给定SRS资源,所述第一节点用相同的空域滤波器在所述给定SRS资源中发送SRS和发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, for any given SRS resource in the first SRS resource group, the first node uses the same spatial filter to send the SRS and the first signal in the given SRS resource. .
作为一个实施例,第一SRS资源是所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源,第二SRS资源是所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源;所述第一节点用和在所述第一SRS资源中发送SRS相同的空域滤波器以及和在所述第二SRS资源中发送SRS相同的空域滤波器发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource is any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup, and the second SRS resource is any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup; the first node The first signal is transmitted using the same spatial filter used to transmit the SRS in the first SRS resource and the same spatial filter used to transmit the SRS in the second SRS resource.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一节点在相同的时频资源中,用和在所述第一SRS资源中发送SRS相同的空域滤波器以及和在所述第二SRS资源中发送SRS相同的空域滤波器同时发送所述第一信号。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first node uses the same air domain filter used to transmit SRS in the first SRS resource and the same air domain filter used in the second SRS resource in the same time-frequency resource. The same spatial filter that transmits the SRS is used to transmit the first signal at the same time.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的任一层在相同的时频资源中被同时映射到和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口以及和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As an embodiment, any layer of the first signal is simultaneously mapped in the same time-frequency resource to the same SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and to the same antenna port as the third SRS resource subgroup. The SRS ports of the SRS resources in the two SRS resource subgroups have the same antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的任一层在相同的时频资源中被和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口以及和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口同时发送。As an embodiment, any layer of the first signal is used in the same time-frequency resource by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and the same antenna port as the second SRS resource. The SRS resources in the subgroup are transmitted simultaneously through the same SRS port and the same antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的任一DMRS端口在相同的时频资源中被同时映射到和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口以及和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As an embodiment, any DMRS port of the first signal is simultaneously mapped in the same time-frequency resource to the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and to the same antenna port as the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup. The SRS ports of the SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup are the same antenna ports.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的任一DMRS端口在相同的时频资源中被和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口以及和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口同时发送。As an embodiment, any DMRS port of the first signal is used in the same time-frequency resource by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup and the same antenna port as the second SRS The SRS resources in the resource subgroup are transmitted simultaneously through antenna ports with the same SRS port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”和所述第二SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”都被设置为“nonCodebook”;所述第一SRS资源组中任一SRS资源包括的SRS端口的数量等于1;所述第一信号包括v个层,所述v是正整数;所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述v,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述v;所述v个层被单位阵预编码后被映射到第一天线端口组和第二天线端口组;所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定所述第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定所述第二天线端口组。As an embodiment, the higher-level parameter "usage" associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-level parameter "usage" associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "nonCodebook"; the first SRS resource The number of SRS ports included in any SRS resource in the group is equal to 1; the first signal includes v layers, and v is a positive integer; the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to v, The number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to v; the v layers are mapped to the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group after being precoded by the unit array; the first SRS The resource subgroup is used to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine the second antenna port group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一天线端口组由和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成,所述第二天线端口组由和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup, and the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup. The SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup are composed of the same SRS ports as the antenna ports.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述v个层被单位阵预编码后在相同的时频资源中被映射到所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the v layers are mapped to the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group in the same time-frequency resource after being precoded by a unit matrix.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”和所述第二SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”都被设置为“codebook”;所述第一SRS资源子组仅包括一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源子组仅包括一个SRS资源;第一SRS资源是所述第一SRS资源子组包括的所述一个SRS资源,第二SRS资源是所述第二SRS资源子组包括的所述一个SRS资源;所述第一信令指示第一预编码器和第二预编码器;所述第一信号包括v个层,所述v是正整数;所述v个层被所述第一预编码器预编码后被映射到第一天线端口组,所述v个层被所述第二预编码器预编码后被映射到第二天线端口组;所述第一SRS资源被用于确定所述第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源被用于确定所述第二天线端口组。As an embodiment, the higher-level parameter "usage" associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-level parameter "usage" associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "codebook"; the first SRS resource The subgroup only includes one SRS resource, and the second SRS resource subgroup includes only one SRS resource; the first SRS resource is the one SRS resource included in the first SRS resource subgroup, and the second SRS resource is the The one SRS resource included in the second SRS resource subgroup; the first signaling indicates a first precoder and a second precoder; the first signal includes v layers, where v is a positive integer; The v layers are precoded by the first precoder and then mapped to the first antenna port group, and the v layers are precoded by the second precoder and then mapped to the second antenna port group; The first SRS resource is used to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource is used to determine the second antenna port group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一天线端口组由和所述第一SRS资源SRS端口相同的天线端口组成,所述第二天线端口组由和所述第二SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first antenna port group is composed of the same antenna port as the SRS port of the first SRS resource, and the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS port as the second SRS resource. The ports are composed of the same antenna ports.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述v个层在相同的时频资源中被所述第一预编码器预编码后被映 射到所述第一天线端口组,并且被所述第二预编码器预编码后被映射到所述第二天线端口组。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the v layers are mapped after being precoded by the first precoder in the same time-frequency resource. is emitted to the first antenna port group and is precoded by the second precoder before being mapped to the second antenna port group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一信令指示所述第一预编码器的TPMI(Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator,发送预编码矩阵标识)和所述第二预编码器的TPMI。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first signaling indicates the TPMI (Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator) of the first precoder and the TPMI of the second precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一预编码器和所述第二预编码器分别是一个矩阵。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first precoder and the second precoder are each a matrix.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一预编码器和所述第二预编码器分别是一个向量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first precoder and the second precoder are each a vector.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一预编码器和所述第二预编码器分别是一个列向量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first precoder and the second precoder are each a column vector.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一预编码器对应的层数等于所述第二预编码器对应的层数。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the number of layers corresponding to the first precoder is equal to the number of layers corresponding to the second precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一预编码器的列数等于所述第二预编码器的列数。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the number of columns of the first precoder is equal to the number of columns of the second precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一预编码器对应的层数和所述第二预编码器对应的层数都等于所述第一信号的层数。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the number of layers corresponding to the first precoder and the number of layers corresponding to the second precoder are both equal to the number of layers of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号包括v个层,所述v是正整数;所述v个层被第三预编码器预编码后被映射到第一天线端口组,所述v个层被第四预编码器预编码后被映射到第二天线端口组;所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定所述第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定所述第二天线端口组;第五预编码器和第一相位偏移量共同被用于确定所述第四预编码器。As an embodiment, the first signal includes v layers, where v is a positive integer; the v layers are precoded by a third precoder and mapped to the first antenna port group, and the v layers are After being precoded by the fourth precoder, it is mapped to the second antenna port group; the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine the The second antenna port group; the fifth precoder and the first phase offset are jointly used to determine the fourth precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一天线端口组由和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成,所述第二天线端口组由和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup, and the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup. The SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup are composed of the same SRS ports as the antenna ports.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第三预编码器和所述第五预编码器分别是单位阵。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the third precoder and the fifth precoder are unit matrices respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一信令指示所述第三预编码器的TPMI;所述第一信令指示所述第五预编码器的TPMI。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first signaling indicates the TPMI of the third precoder; the first signaling indicates the TPMI of the fifth precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第四预编码器等于所述第五预编码器和所述第一相位偏移量的乘积。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the fourth precoder is equal to the product of the fifth precoder and the first phase offset.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一相位偏移量是一个标量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first phase offset is a scalar quantity.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一信令指示所述第一相位偏移量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first signaling indicates the first phase offset.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一相位偏移量是更高层(higher layer)信令配置的。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first phase offset is configured by higher layer signaling.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一节点自行确定所述第一相位偏移量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first node determines the first phase offset by itself.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一相位偏移量属于第一相位偏移量集合,所述第一节点自行在所述第一相位偏移量集合中确定所述第一相位偏移量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first phase offset belongs to a first phase offset set, and the first node determines the first phase in the first phase offset set by itself. Offset.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第三预编码器和所述第五预编码器分别是一个矩阵。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the third precoder and the fifth precoder are each a matrix.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第三预编码器对应的层数和所述第五预编码器对应的层数都等于所述第一信号的层数。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the number of layers corresponding to the third precoder and the number of layers corresponding to the fifth precoder are both equal to the number of layers of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的P0的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of P0 included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述P0是用于所述第一信号的功率控制的。As an embodiment, the P0 is used for power control of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述P0是用于PUSCH的功率控制的。As an embodiment, the P0 is used for power control of PUSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述P0的定义参见3GPP TS 38.331和TS 38.213。As an example, the definition of P0 can be found in 3GPP TS 38.331 and TS 38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述P0是指P0_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)。As an example, the P0 refers to P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j).
作为一个实施例,所述P0_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)定义参见3GPP TS 38.213。As an example, the definition of P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) can be found in 3GPP TS 38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括alfa。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的alfa的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of alfa included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述alfa是用于所述第一信号的功率控制的。As an embodiment, the alfa is used for power control of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述alfa是用于PUSCH的功率控制的。As an example, the alfa is used for power control of PUSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述alfa的定义参见3GPP TS 38.331和TS 38.213。As an example, the definition of alfa can be found in 3GPP TS 38.331 and TS 38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述alfa是指αb,f,c(j)。As an example, the alfa refers to α b,f,c (j).
作为一个实施例,所述αb,f,c(j)定义参见3GPP TS 38.213。 As an example, the definition of α b,f,c (j) can be found in 3GPP TS 38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态(power control adjustment state)。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的功率控制调节状态的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of power control adjustment states included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的功率控制调节状态索引的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of power control adjustment state indexes included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括PUSCH功率控制调节状态。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a PUSCH power control adjustment state.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括PUSCH功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a PUSCH power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括闭环索引(closed-loop index)。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a closed-loop index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的闭环索引的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of closed-loop indexes included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括路损参考信号身份(pathloss reference RS Id)。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a pathloss reference signal identity (pathloss reference RS Id).
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的路损参考信号身份的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of path loss reference signal identities included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括PUSCH路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a PUSCH path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述路损参考信号身份包括PathlossReferenceRS-Id。As an embodiment, the path loss reference signal identity includes PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
作为一个实施例,所述路损参考信号身份包括PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id。As an embodiment, the path loss reference signal identity includes PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括用于测量路损的参考信号的标识。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes an identification of a reference signal used for measuring path loss.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的用于测量路损的参考信号标识的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of reference signal identifiers used for measuring path loss included in the first power control parameter group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述用于测量路损的参考信号的标识包括SSB-Index或NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the identification of the reference signal used for measuring path loss includes at least one of SSB-Index or NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引和路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引和用于测量路损的参考信号的标识。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, a power control adjustment state index and an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,闭环索引和路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, closed-loop index and path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,闭环索引和用于测量路损的参考信号的标识。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa, a closed-loop index and an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0,alfa和功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0,alfa和闭环索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0, alfa and closed-loop index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括P0和alfa。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes P0 and alfa.
作为一个实施例,一个功控参数组包括至少一个功控参数,所述至少一个功控参数中的任一功控参数是P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引,或路损参考信号身份中之一。As an embodiment, a power control parameter group includes at least one power control parameter, and any one of the at least one power control parameter is P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index, or path loss reference signal identity. one.
作为一个实施例,一个功控参数组包括一种或多种类型的功控参数,所述一个功控参数组包括的任一类型的功控参数的数量等于1;所述一种或多种类型功控参数中的任一种类型的功控参数是P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引,或路损参考信号身份中之一。As an embodiment, a power control parameter group includes one or more types of power control parameters, and the number of any type of power control parameters included in the one power control parameter group is equal to 1; the one or more types of power control parameters include Type Power Control Parameter Any type of power control parameter is one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index, or path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述发送功率的计算使用了仅一个P0,所述一个P0是所述第一功控参数组包括的P0。As an embodiment, the calculation of the transmission power of the first signal uses only one P0, and the one P0 is the P0 included in the first power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述发送功率的计算使用了仅一个alfa,所述一个alfa是所述第一功控参数组包括的alfa。As an embodiment, the calculation of the transmission power of the first signal uses only one alpha, and the one alpha is the alpha included in the first power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述发送功率的计算使用了仅一个功率控制调节状态索引,所述一个功率控制调节状态索引是所述第一功控参数组包括的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the calculation of the transmit power of the first signal uses only one power control adjustment state index, and the one power control adjustment state index is the power control adjustment state included in the first power control parameter group. index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述发送功率的计算使用了仅一个路损参考信号身份,所述一个路损参考信号身份是所述第一功控参数组包括的路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, the calculation of the transmit power of the first signal uses only one path loss reference signal identity, and the one path loss reference signal identity is the path loss reference signal included in the first power control parameter group. identity.
作为一个实施例,所述句子第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率的意思包括:所述第一功控参数组被用于计算所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal includes: the first power control parameter group is used to calculate the transmission power of the first signal. Transmit power.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group. The bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述第一功控参数组被用于计算所述第一信号的所述发送功率。 As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group. The bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to calculate the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组显式的指示所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling explicitly indicates that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组隐式的指示所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源组来隐式的指示所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the first signal by indicating the first SRS resource group. of the transmit power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源组中的SRS资源所属的SRS资源集合来隐式的指示所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates the first power control parameter group by indicating the SRS resource set to which the SRS resources in the first SRS resource group belong. is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second The SRS resources of the SRS resource set implicitly indicate that the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源,以及通过指示所述第一SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合中的哪些SRS资源和所述第二SRS资源集合中的哪些SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resources of the SRS resource set, and implicitly indicating which SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and which SRS resources in the second SRS resource set the first SRS resource group includes. The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
实施例2Example 2
实施例2示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的网络架构的示意图,如附图2所示。Embodiment 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 2.
附图2说明了LTE(Long-Term Evolution,长期演进),LTE-A(Long-Term Evolution Advanced,增强长期演进)及未来5G系统的网络架构200。LTE,LTE-A及未来5G系统的网络架构200称为EPS(Evolved Packet System,演进分组系统)200。5G NR或LTE网络架构200可称为5GS(5G System)/EPS(Evolved Packet System,演进分组系统)200或某种其它合适术语。5GS/EPS 200可包括一个或一个以上UE(User Equipment,用户设备)201,一个与UE201进行副链路(Sidelink)通信的UE241,NG-RAN(下一代无线接入网络)202,5GC(5G CoreNetwork,5G核心网)/EPC(Evolved Packet Core,演进分组核心)210,HSS(Home Subscriber Server,归属签约用户服务器)/UDM(Unified Data Management,统一数据管理)220和因特网服务230。5GS/EPS200可与其它接入网络互连,但为了简单未展示这些实体/接口。如附图2所示,5GS/EPS200提供包交换服务,然而所属领域的技术人员将容易了解,贯穿本申请呈现的各种概念可扩展到提供电路交换服务的网络。NG-RAN202包括NR(New Radio,新无线)节点B(gNB)203和其它gNB204。gNB203提供朝向UE201的用户和控制平面协议终止。gNB203可经由Xn接口(例如,回程)连接到其它gNB204。gNB203也可称为基站、基站收发台、无线电基站、无线电收发器、收发器功能、基本服务集合(BSS)、扩展服务集合(ESS)、TRP(发送接收点)或某种其它合适术语。gNB203为UE201提供对5GC/EPC210的接入点。UE201的实例包括蜂窝式电话、智能电话、会话起始协议(SIP)电话、膝上型计算机、个人数字助理(PDA)、卫星无线电、全球定位系统、多媒体装置、视频装置、数字音频播放器(例如,MP3播放器)、相机、游戏控制台、无人机、飞行器、窄带物理网设备、机器类型通信设备、陆地交通工具、汽车、可穿戴设备,或任何其它类似功能装置。所属领域的技术人员也可将UE201称为移动台、订户台、移动单元、订户单元、无线单元、远程单元、移动装置、无线装置、无线通信装置、远程装置、移动订户台、接入终端、移动终端、无线终端、远程终端、手持机、用户代理、移动客户端、客户端或某个其它合适术语。gNB203通过S1/NG接口连接到5GC/EPC210。5GC/EPC210包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体)/AMF(Authentication Management Field,鉴权管理域)/SMF(Session Management Function,会话管理功能)211、其它MME/AMF/SMF214、S-GW(Service Gateway,服务网关)/UPF(User Plane Function,用户面功能)212以及P-GW(Packet Date Network Gateway,分组数据网络网关)/UPF213。MME/AMF/SMF211是处理UE201与5GC/EPC210之间的信令的控制节点。大体上MME/AMF/SMF211提供承载和连接管理。所有用户IP(Internet Protocal,因特网协议)包是通过S-GW/UPF212传送,S-GW/UPF212自身连接到P-GW/UPF213。P-GW提供UE IP地址分配以及其它功能。P-GW/UPF213连接到因特网服务230。因特网服务230包括运营商对应因特网协议服务,具体可包括因特网,内联网,IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IP多媒体子系统)和包交换(Packet switching)服务。 Figure 2 illustrates the network architecture 200 of LTE (Long-Term Evolution, long-term evolution), LTE-A (Long-Term Evolution Advanced, enhanced long-term evolution) and future 5G systems. The network architecture 200 of LTE, LTE-A and future 5G systems is called EPS (Evolved Packet System) 200. The 5G NR or LTE network architecture 200 can be called 5GS (5G System)/EPS (Evolved Packet System). Grouping System) 200 or some other suitable terminology. 5GS/EPS 200 may include one or more UE (User Equipment) 201, a UE 241 that communicates with the UE 201 on a side link, NG-RAN (Next Generation Radio Access Network) 202, 5GC (5G CoreNetwork (5G Core Network)/EPC (Evolved Packet Core) 210, HSS (Home Subscriber Server)/UDM (Unified Data Management) 220 and Internet Services 230. 5GS/EPS200 Interconnection with other access networks is possible, but these entities/interfaces are not shown for simplicity. As shown in Figure 2, 5GS/EPS200 provides packet switched services, however those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the various concepts presented throughout this application can be extended to networks providing circuit switched services. NG-RAN 202 includes NR (New Radio) Node B (gNB) 203 and other gNBs 204. gNB 203 provides user and control plane protocol termination towards UE 201. gNB 203 may connect to other gNBs 204 via the Xn interface (eg, backhaul). The gNB 203 may also be called a base station, base transceiver station, radio base station, radio transceiver, transceiver function, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), TRP (Transmit Receive Point) or some other suitable terminology. gNB203 provides UE201 with an access point to 5GC/EPC210. Examples of UE 201 include cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptop computers, personal digital assistants (PDAs), satellite radios, global positioning systems, multimedia devices, video devices, digital audio players ( For example, MP3 players), cameras, game consoles, drones, aircraft, narrowband physical network devices, machine type communications devices, land vehicles, cars, wearable devices, or any other similarly functional device. Those skilled in the art may also refer to UE 201 as a mobile station, subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, Mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable term. gNB203 is connected to 5GC/EPC210 through the S1/NG interface. 5GC/EPC210 includes MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity)/AMF (Authentication Management Field, authentication management domain)/SMF (Session Management Function, session management function) 211. Other MME/AMF/SMF214, S-GW (Service Gateway, Service Gateway)/UPF (User Plane Function, User Plane Function) 212 and P-GW (Packet Date Network Gateway, Packet Data Network Gateway)/UPF213. MME/AMF/SMF211 is the control node that handles signaling between UE201 and 5GC/EPC210. Basically MME/AMF/SMF211 provides bearer and connection management. All user IP (Internet Protocol) packets are transmitted through S-GW/UPF212, and S-GW/UPF212 itself is connected to P-GW/UPF213. P-GW provides UE IP address allocation and other functions. P-GW/UPF 213 is connected to Internet service 230. Internet services 230 include Internet protocol services corresponding to operators, which may specifically include Internet, intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) and packet switching (Packet switching) services.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第一节点包括所述UE201。As an embodiment, the first node in this application includes the UE201.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第二节点包括所述gNB203。As an embodiment, the second node in this application includes the gNB203.
作为一个实施例,所述UE201与所述gNB203之间的无线链路包括蜂窝网链路。As an embodiment, the wireless link between the UE201 and the gNB203 includes a cellular network link.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令的发送者包括所述gNB203。As an embodiment, the sender of the first signaling includes the gNB203.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令的接收者包括所述UE201。As an embodiment, the recipient of the first signaling includes the UE201.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的发送者包括所述UE201。As an embodiment, the sender of the first signal includes the UE201.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的接收者包括所述gNB203。As an embodiment, the receiver of the first signal includes the gNB203.
作为一个实施例,所述UE201支持多波束/panel/TRP同时上行传输(simultaneous multi-beam/panel/TRP UL transmission)。As an embodiment, the UE 201 supports simultaneous multi-beam/panel/TRP UL transmission (simultaneous multi-beam/panel/TRP UL transmission).
实施例3Example 3
实施例3示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图,如附图3所示。Embodiment 3 illustrates a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the wireless protocol architecture of the user plane and control plane according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 .
实施例3示出了根据本申请的一个用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图,如附图3所示。图3是说明用于用户平面350和控制平面300的无线电协议架构的实施例的示意图,图3用三个层展示用于第一通信节点设备(UE,gNB或V2X中的RSU)和第二通信节点设备(gNB,UE或V2X中的RSU)之间,或者两个UE之间的控制平面300的无线电协议架构:层1、层2和层3。层1(L1层)是最低层且实施各种PHY(物理层)信号处理功能。L1层在本文将称为PHY301。层2(L2层)305在PHY301之上,负责第一通信节点设备与第二通信节点设备之间,或者两个UE之间的链路。L2层305包括MAC(Medium Access Control,媒体接入控制)子层302、RLC(Radio Link Control,无线链路层控制协议)子层303和PDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,分组数据汇聚协议)子层304,这些子层终止于第二通信节点设备处。PDCP子层304提供不同无线电承载与逻辑信道之间的多路复用。PDCP子层304还提供通过加密数据包而提供安全性,以及提供第二通信节点设备之间的对第一通信节点设备的越区移动支持。RLC子层303提供上部层数据包的分段和重组装,丢失数据包的重新发射以及数据包的重排序以补偿由于HARQ造成的无序接收。MAC子层302提供逻辑与传输信道之间的多路复用。MAC子层302还负责在第一通信节点设备之间分配一个小区中的各种无线电资源(例如,资源块)。MAC子层302还负责HARQ操作。控制平面300中的层3(L3层)中的RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线电资源控制)子层306负责获得无线电资源(即,无线电承载)且使用第二通信节点设备与第一通信节点设备之间的RRC信令来配置下部层。用户平面350的无线电协议架构包括层1(L1层)和层2(L2层),在用户平面350中用于第一通信节点设备和第二通信节点设备的无线电协议架构对于物理层351,L2层355中的PDCP子层354,L2层355中的RLC子层353和L2层355中的MAC子层352来说和控制平面300中的对应层和子层大体上相同,但PDCP子层354还提供用于上部层数据包的标头压缩以减少无线电发射开销。用户平面350中的L2层355中还包括SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,服务数据适配协议)子层356,SDAP子层356负责QoS流和数据无线承载(DRB,Data Radio Bearer)之间的映射,以支持业务的多样性。虽然未图示,但第一通信节点设备可具有在L2层355之上的若干上部层,包括终止于网络侧上的P-GW处的网络层(例如,IP层)和终止于连接的另一端(例如,远端UE、服务器等等)处的应用层。Embodiment 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 . Figure 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture for user plane 350 and control plane 300, Figure 3 shows with three layers for a first communication node device (UE, gNB or RSU in V2X) and a second Radio protocol architecture of the control plane 300 between communication node devices (gNB, UE or RSU in V2X), or between two UEs: Layer 1, Layer 2 and Layer 3. Layer 1 (L1 layer) is the lowest layer and implements various PHY (physical layer) signal processing functions. The L1 layer will be called PHY301 in this article. Layer 2 (L2 layer) 305 is above the PHY 301 and is responsible for the link between the first communication node device and the second communication node device, or between two UEs. L2 layer 305 includes MAC (Medium Access Control, media access control) sublayer 302, RLC (Radio Link Control, wireless link layer control protocol) sublayer 303 and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, packet data convergence protocol) sublayer 304. These sub-layers terminate at the second communication node device. PDCP sublayer 304 provides multiplexing between different radio bearers and logical channels. The PDCP sublayer 304 also provides security by encrypting data packets, and provides handoff support for a first communication node device between second communication node devices. The RLC sublayer 303 provides segmentation and reassembly of upper layer data packets, retransmission of lost data packets, and reordering of data packets to compensate for out-of-order reception due to HARQ. MAC sublayer 302 provides multiplexing between logical and transport channels. The MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for allocating various radio resources (eg, resource blocks) in a cell among first communication node devices. MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for HARQ operations. The RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) sublayer 306 in layer 3 (L3 layer) in the control plane 300 is responsible for obtaining radio resources (ie, radio bearers) and using the second communication node device and the first communication node device. Inter-RRC signaling is used to configure the lower layers. The radio protocol architecture of the user plane 350 includes layer 1 (L1 layer) and layer 2 (L2 layer). The radio protocol architecture for the first communication node device and the second communication node device in the user plane 350 for the physical layer 351, L2 The PDCP sublayer 354 in the layer 355, the RLC sublayer 353 in the L2 layer 355, and the MAC sublayer 352 in the L2 layer 355 are generally the same as the corresponding layers and sublayers in the control plane 300, but the PDCP sublayer 354 is also Provides header compression for upper layer packets to reduce radio transmission overhead. The L2 layer 355 in the user plane 350 also includes the SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol, Service Data Adaptation Protocol) sublayer 356. The SDAP sublayer 356 is responsible for the mapping between QoS flows and data radio bearers (DRB, Data Radio Bearer). , to support business diversity. Although not shown, the first communication node device may have several upper layers above the L2 layer 355, including a network layer (eg, IP layer) terminating at the P-GW on the network side and another terminating at the connection. The application layer at one end (e.g., remote UE, server, etc.).
作为一个实施例,附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第一节点。As an embodiment, the wireless protocol architecture in Figure 3 is applicable to the first node in this application.
作为一个实施例,附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the wireless protocol architecture in Figure 3 is applicable to the second node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令生成于所述PHY301,或所述PHY351。As an embodiment, the first signaling is generated in the PHY301 or the PHY351.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令生成于所述MAC子层302或所述MAC子层352。As an embodiment, the first signaling is generated in the MAC sublayer 302 or the MAC sublayer 352.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号生成于所述PHY301,或所述PHY351。As an embodiment, the first signal is generated from the PHY301 or the PHY351.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块生成于所述RRC子层306。As an embodiment, the first information block is generated in the RRC sublayer 306.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令生成于所述PHY301,或所述PHY351。As an embodiment, the second signaling is generated in the PHY301 or the PHY351.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令生成于所述MAC子层302或所述MAC子层352。As an embodiment, the second signaling is generated in the MAC sublayer 302 or the MAC sublayer 352.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号生成于所述PHY301,或所述PHY351。As an embodiment, the second signal is generated from the PHY301 or the PHY351.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述更高层是指物理层以上的层。 As an embodiment, the higher layer in this application refers to the layer above the physical layer.
实施例4Example 4
实施例4示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一通信设备和第二通信设备的示意图,如附图4所示。附图4是在接入网络中相互通信的第一通信设备410以及第二通信设备450的框图。Embodiment 4 illustrates a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 4 . Figure 4 is a block diagram of a first communication device 410 and a second communication device 450 communicating with each other in the access network.
第一通信设备410包括控制器/处理器475,存储器476,接收处理器470,发射处理器416,多天线接收处理器472,多天线发射处理器471,发射器/接收器418和天线420。The first communication device 410 includes a controller/processor 475, a memory 476, a receive processor 470, a transmit processor 416, a multi-antenna receive processor 472, a multi-antenna transmit processor 471, a transmitter/receiver 418 and an antenna 420.
第二通信设备450包括控制器/处理器459,存储器460,数据源467,发射处理器468,接收处理器456,多天线发射处理器457,多天线接收处理器458,发射器/接收器454和天线452。The second communication device 450 includes a controller/processor 459, a memory 460, a data source 467, a transmit processor 468, a receive processor 456, a multi-antenna transmit processor 457, a multi-antenna receive processor 458, a transmitter/receiver 454 and antenna 452.
在从所述第一通信设备410到所述第二通信设备450的传输中,在所述第一通信设备410处,来自核心网络的上层数据包被提供到控制器/处理器475。控制器/处理器475实施L2层的功能性。在DL中,控制器/处理器475提供标头压缩、加密、包分段和重排序、逻辑与传输信道之间的多路复用,以及基于各种优先级量度对第二通信设备450的无线电资源分配。控制器/处理器475还负责HARQ操作、丢失包的重新发射,和到第二通信设备450的信令。发射处理器416和多天线发射处理器471实施用于L1层(即,物理层)的各种信号处理功能。发射处理器416实施编码和交错以促进第二通信设备450处的前向错误校正(FEC),以及基于各种调制方案(例如,二元相移键控(BPSK)、正交相移键控(QPSK)、M相移键控(M-PSK)、M正交振幅调制(M-QAM))的星座映射。多天线发射处理器471对经编码和调制后的符号进行数字空间预编码,包括基于码本的预编码和基于非码本的预编码,和波束赋型处理,生成一个或多个并行流。发射处理器416随后将每一并行流映射到子载波,将调制后的符号在时域和/或频域中与参考信号(例如,导频)复用,且随后使用快速傅立叶逆变换(IFFT)以产生载运时域多载波符号流的物理信道。随后多天线发射处理器471对时域多载波符号流进行发送模拟预编码/波束赋型操作。每一发射器418把多天线发射处理器471提供的基带多载波符号流转化成射频流,随后提供到不同天线420。In transmission from the first communication device 410 to the second communication device 450, upper layer data packets from the core network are provided to the controller/processor 475 at the first communication device 410. Controller/processor 475 implements the functionality of the L2 layer. In the DL, the controller/processor 475 provides header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, multiplexing between logical and transport channels, and control of the second communication device 450 based on various priority metrics. Radio resource allocation. The controller/processor 475 is also responsible for HARQ operation, retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the second communications device 450 . Transmit processor 416 and multi-antenna transmit processor 471 implement various signal processing functions for the L1 layer (ie, physical layer). The transmit processor 416 implements encoding and interleaving to facilitate forward error correction (FEC) at the second communications device 450, as well as based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), M Phase Shift Keying (M-PSK), M Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (M-QAM)) constellation mapping. The multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs digital spatial precoding on the coded and modulated symbols, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beamforming processing to generate one or more parallel streams. Transmit processor 416 then maps each parallel stream to a subcarrier, multiplexes the modulated symbols with a reference signal (eg, a pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then uses an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT ) to generate a physical channel carrying a stream of time-domain multi-carrier symbols. Then the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs transmit analog precoding/beamforming operations on the time domain multi-carrier symbol stream. Each transmitter 418 converts the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 into a radio frequency stream, which is then provided to a different antenna 420.
在从所述第一通信设备410到所述第二通信设备450的传输中,在所述第二通信设备450处,每一接收器454通过其相应天线452接收信号。每一接收器454恢复调制到射频载波上的信息,且将射频流转化成基带多载波符号流提供到接收处理器456。接收处理器456和多天线接收处理器458实施L1层的各种信号处理功能。多天线接收处理器458对来自接收器454的基带多载波符号流进行接收模拟预编码/波束赋型操作。接收处理器456使用快速傅立叶变换(FFT)将接收模拟预编码/波束赋型操作后的基带多载波符号流从时域转换到频域。在频域,物理层数据信号和参考信号被接收处理器456解复用,其中参考信号将被用于信道估计,数据信号在多天线接收处理器458中经过多天线检测后恢复出以第二通信设备450为目的地的任何并行流。每一并行流上的符号在接收处理器456中被解调和恢复,并生成软决策。随后接收处理器456解码和解交错所述软决策以恢复在物理信道上由第一通信设备410发射的上层数据和控制信号。随后将上层数据和控制信号提供到控制器/处理器459。控制器/处理器459实施L2层的功能。控制器/处理器459可与存储程序代码和数据的存储器460相关联。存储器460可称为计算机可读媒体。在DL中,控制器/处理器459提供传输与逻辑信道之间的多路分用、包重组装、解密、标头解压缩、控制信号处理以恢复来自核心网络的上层数据包。随后将上层数据包提供到L2层之上的所有协议层。也可将各种控制信号提供到L3以用于L3处理。控制器/处理器459还负责使用确认(ACK)和/或否定确认(NACK)协议进行错误检测以支持HARQ操作。In transmission from the first communications device 410 to the second communications device 450 , each receiver 454 receives the signal via its respective antenna 452 at the second communications device 450 . Each receiver 454 recovers the information modulated onto the radio frequency carrier and converts the radio frequency stream into a baseband multi-carrier symbol stream that is provided to a receive processor 456 . The receive processor 456 and the multi-antenna receive processor 458 implement various signal processing functions of the L1 layer. Multi-antenna receive processor 458 performs receive analog precoding/beamforming operations on the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream from receiver 454. The receive processor 456 converts the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream after the received analog precoding/beamforming operation from the time domain to the frequency domain using a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). In the frequency domain, the physical layer data signal and the reference signal are demultiplexed by the receiving processor 456, where the reference signal will be used for channel estimation, and the data signal is recovered after multi-antenna detection in the multi-antenna receiving processor 458 with the second Any parallel flow to which communication device 450 is the destination. The symbols on each parallel stream are demodulated and recovered in the receive processor 456, and soft decisions are generated. The receive processor 456 then decodes and deinterleaves the soft decisions to recover the upper layer data and control signals transmitted by the first communications device 410 on the physical channel. Upper layer data and control signals are then provided to controller/processor 459. Controller/processor 459 implements the functions of the L2 layer. Controller/processor 459 may be associated with memory 460 which stores program code and data. Memory 460 may be referred to as computer-readable media. In the DL, the controller/processor 459 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression, control signal processing to recover upper layer packets from the core network. The upper layer packets are then provided to all protocol layers above the L2 layer. Various control signals may also be provided to L3 for L3 processing. Controller/processor 459 is also responsible for error detection using acknowledgment (ACK) and/or negative acknowledgment (NACK) protocols to support HARQ operations.
在从所述第二通信设备450到所述第一通信设备410的传输中,在所述第二通信设备450处,使用数据源467来将上层数据包提供到控制器/处理器459。数据源467表示L2层之上的所有协议层。类似于在DL中所描述第一通信设备410处的发送功能,控制器/处理器459基于第一通信设备410的无线资源分配来实施标头压缩、加密、包分段和重排序以及逻辑与传输信道之间的多路复用,实施用于用户平面和控制平面的L2层功能。控制器/处理器459还负责HARQ操作、丢失包的重新发射,和到所述第一通信设备410的信令。发射处理器468执行调制映射、信道编码处理,多天线发射处理器457进行数字多天线空间预编码,包括基于码本的预编码和基于非码本的预编码,和波束赋型处理,随后发射处理器468将产生的并行流调制成多载波/单载波符号流,在多天线发射处理器457中经过模拟预编码/波束赋型操作后再经由发射器454提供到不同天线452。每一发射器454首先把多天线发射处理器457提供的基带符号流转化成射频符号流,再提供到天线452。 In transmission from the second communications device 450 to the first communications device 410, at the second communications device 450, a data source 467 is used to provide upper layer data packets to a controller/processor 459. Data source 467 represents all protocol layers above the L2 layer. Similar to the transmit functionality at the first communication device 410 described in DL, the controller/processor 459 implements header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, and logical AND based on the wireless resource allocation of the first communication device 410 Multiplexing between transport channels, implementing L2 layer functions for user plane and control plane. The controller/processor 459 is also responsible for HARQ operation, retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the first communications device 410 . The transmit processor 468 performs modulation mapping and channel coding processing, and the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 performs digital multi-antenna spatial precoding, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beam forming processing, and then transmits The processor 468 modulates the generated parallel streams into multi-carrier/single-carrier symbol streams, which undergo analog precoding/beamforming operations in the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 and then are provided to different antennas 452 via the transmitter 454. Each transmitter 454 first converts the baseband symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmission processor 457 into a radio frequency symbol stream, and then provides it to the antenna 452.
在从所述第二通信设备450到所述第一通信设备410的传输中,所述第一通信设备410处的功能类似于在从所述第一通信设备410到所述第二通信设备450的传输中所描述的所述第二通信设备450处的接收功能。每一接收器418通过其相应天线420接收射频信号,把接收到的射频信号转化成基带信号,并把基带信号提供到多天线接收处理器472和接收处理器470。接收处理器470和多天线接收处理器472共同实施L1层的功能。控制器/处理器475实施L2层功能。控制器/处理器475可与存储程序代码和数据的存储器476相关联。存储器476可称为计算机可读媒体。控制器/处理器475提供传输与逻辑信道之间的多路分用、包重组装、解密、标头解压缩、控制信号处理以恢复来自第二通信设备450的上层数据包。来自控制器/处理器475的上层数据包可被提供到核心网络。控制器/处理器475还负责使用ACK和/或NACK协议进行错误检测以支持HARQ操作。In the transmission from the second communication device 450 to the first communication device 410, the functionality at the first communication device 410 is similar to that in the transmission from the first communication device 410 to the second communication device 450. The reception function at the second communication device 450 is described in the transmission. Each receiver 418 receives radio frequency signals through its corresponding antenna 420, converts the received radio frequency signals into baseband signals, and provides the baseband signals to multi-antenna receive processor 472 and receive processor 470. The receiving processor 470 and the multi-antenna receiving processor 472 jointly implement the functions of the L1 layer. Controller/processor 475 implements L2 layer functions. Controller/processor 475 may be associated with memory 476 that stores program code and data. Memory 476 may be referred to as computer-readable media. The controller/processor 475 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression, control signal processing to recover upper layer data packets from the second communications device 450 . Upper layer packets from controller/processor 475 may be provided to the core network. Controller/processor 475 is also responsible for error detection using ACK and/or NACK protocols to support HARQ operations.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备450包括:至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器,所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码;所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用。所述第二通信设备450装置至少接收所述第一信令;发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, the second communication device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to interact with the At least one processor is used together. The second communication device 450 receives at least the first signaling; sends the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备450包括:一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器,所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作,所述动作包括:接收所述第一信令;发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, the second communication device 450 includes: a memory that stores a program of computer-readable instructions that, when executed by at least one processor, generates actions, and the actions include: receiving The first signaling; sending the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备410包括:至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器,所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码;所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用。所述第一通信设备410装置至少发送所述第一信令;接收所述第一信号。As an embodiment, the first communication device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to interact with the At least one processor is used together. The first communication device 410 at least sends the first signaling; receives the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备410包括:一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器,所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作,所述动作包括:发送所述第一信令;接收所述第一信号。As one embodiment, the first communication device 410 includes: a memory that stores a program of computer-readable instructions that, when executed by at least one processor, generates actions, and the actions include: sending the The first signaling; receiving the first signal.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第一节点包括所述第二通信设备450。As an embodiment, the first node in this application includes the second communication device 450.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第二节点包括所述第一通信设备410。As an embodiment, the second node in this application includes the first communication device 410 .
作为一个实施例,{所述天线452,所述接收器454,所述接收处理器456,所述多天线接收处理器458,所述控制器/处理器459,所述存储器460,所述数据源467}中至少之一被用于接收所述第一信令;{所述天线420,所述发射器418,所述发射处理器416,所述多天线发射处理器471,所述控制器/处理器475,所述存储器476}中的至少之一被用于发送所述第一信令。As an embodiment, {the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the reception processor 456, the multi-antenna reception processor 458, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460, the data At least one of the sources 467} is used to receive the first signaling; {the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the transmit processor 416, the multi-antenna transmit processor 471, the controller /Processor 475, at least one of the memories 476} is used to send the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,{所述天线420,所述接收器418,所述接收处理器470,所述多天线接收处理器472,所述控制器/处理器475,所述存储器476}中的至少之一被用于接收所述第一信号;{所述天线452,所述发射器454,所述发射处理器468,所述多天线发射处理器457,所述控制器/处理器459,所述存储器460,所述数据源467}中的至少之一被用于发送所述第一信号。As an embodiment, at least one of {the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the reception processor 470, the multi-antenna reception processor 472, the controller/processor 475, and the memory 476} One is used to receive the first signal; {the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmit processor 468, the multi-antenna transmit processor 457, the controller/processor 459, the The memory 460, at least one of the data sources 467} is used to send the first signal.
作为一个实施例,{所述天线452,所述接收器454,所述接收处理器456,所述多天线接收处理器458,所述控制器/处理器459,所述存储器460,所述数据源467}中至少之一被用于接收所述第一信息块;{所述天线420,所述发射器418,所述发射处理器416,所述多天线发射处理器471,所述控制器/处理器475,所述存储器476}中的至少之一被用于发送所述第一信息块。As an embodiment, {the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the reception processor 456, the multi-antenna reception processor 458, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460, the data At least one of sources 467} is used to receive the first information block; {the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the transmit processor 416, the multi-antenna transmit processor 471, the controller /Processor 475, at least one of the memories 476} is used to send the first information block.
作为一个实施例,{所述天线452,所述接收器454,所述接收处理器456,所述多天线接收处理器458,所述控制器/处理器459,所述存储器460,所述数据源467}中至少之一被用于接收所述第二信令;{所述天线420,所述发射器418,所述发射处理器416,所述多天线发射处理器471,所述控制器/处理器475,所述存储器476}中的至少之一被用于发送所述第二信令。As an embodiment, {the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the reception processor 456, the multi-antenna reception processor 458, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460, the data At least one of the sources 467} is used to receive the second signaling; {the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the transmit processor 416, the multi-antenna transmit processor 471, the controller /Processor 475, at least one of the memories 476} is used to send the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,{所述天线420,所述接收器418,所述接收处理器470,所述多天线接收处理器472,所述控制器/处理器475,所述存储器476}中的至少之一被用于接收所述第二信号;{所述天线452,所述发射器454,所述发射处理器468,所述多天线发射处理器457,所述控制器/处理器459,所述存储器460,所述数据源467}中的至少之一被用于发送所述第二信号。As an embodiment, at least one of {the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the reception processor 470, the multi-antenna reception processor 472, the controller/processor 475, and the memory 476} One is used to receive the second signal; {the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmit processor 468, the multi-antenna transmit processor 457, the controller/processor 459, the The memory 460, at least one of the data sources 467} is used to send the second signal.
实施例5Example 5
实施例5示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输的流程图;如附图5所示。在附图5中,第二节点 U1和第一节点U2是通过空中接口传输的通信节点。附图5中,方框F51和方框F52中的步骤分别是可选的。Embodiment 5 illustrates a flow chart of transmission according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in Figure 5. In Figure 5, the second node U1 and the first node U2 are communication nodes transmitting through the air interface. In Figure 5, the steps in block F51 and block F52 are respectively optional.
对于第二节点U1,在步骤S5101中发送第一信息块;在步骤S511中发送第一信令;在步骤S512中接收第一信号;在步骤S5102中发送第二信令;在步骤S5103中接收第二信号。For the second node U1, send the first information block in step S5101; send the first signaling in step S511; receive the first signal in step S512; send the second signaling in step S5102; receive in step S5103 Second signal.
对于第一节点U2,在步骤S5201中接收第一信息块;在步骤S521中接收第一信令;在步骤S522中发送第一信号;在步骤S5202中接收第二信令;在步骤S5203中发送第二信号。For the first node U2, receive the first information block in step S5201; receive the first signaling in step S521; send the first signal in step S522; receive the second signaling in step S5202; send in step S5203 Second signal.
在实施例5中,所述第一信令被所述第一节点U2用于确定第一信号的调度信息;所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被所述第一节点U2用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被所述第一节点U2用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被所述第一节点U2用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被所述第一节点U2用于确定所述第一功控参数组。In Embodiment 5, the first signaling is used by the first node U2 to determine the scheduling information of the first signal; the first signaling includes a first bit group, and all the bits in the first signaling The first bit group is used by the first node U2 to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used by the first node U2 to determine the antenna port for sending the first signal; The first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include at least one SRS resource; the first SRS resource Any SRS resource in the subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource The sets each include at least one SRS resource; the first power control parameter group is used by the first node U2 to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first bit group in the first signaling is used by the The first node U2 is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点U2是本申请中的所述第一节点。As an embodiment, the first node U2 is the first node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点U1是本申请中的所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the second node U1 is the second node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点U1和所述第一节点U2之间的空中接口包括基站设备与用户设备之间的无线接口。As an embodiment, the air interface between the second node U1 and the first node U2 includes a wireless interface between the base station equipment and the user equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点U1和所述第一节点U2之间的空中接口包括中继节点设备与用户设备之间的无线接口。As an embodiment, the air interface between the second node U1 and the first node U2 includes a wireless interface between the relay node device and the user equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点U1和所述第一节点U2之间的空中接口包括用户设备与用户设备之间的无线接口。As an embodiment, the air interface between the second node U1 and the first node U2 includes a wireless interface between user equipment and user equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点U1是所述第一节点U2的服务小区维持基站。As an embodiment, the second node U1 is the serving cell maintenance base station of the first node U2.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令在下行物理层控制信道(即仅能用于承载物理层信令的下行信道)中被传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling is transmitted in a downlink physical layer control channel (that is, a downlink channel that can only be used to carry physical layer signaling).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令在PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel,物理下行控制信道)中被传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling is transmitted in PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令在下行物理层数据信道(即能用于承载物理层数据的下行信道)上被传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling is transmitted on a downlink physical layer data channel (ie, a downlink channel that can be used to carry physical layer data).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令在PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,物理下行共享信道)中被传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling is transmitted in PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号在上行物理层数据信道(即能用于承载物理层数据的上行信道)中被传输。As an embodiment, the first signal is transmitted in an uplink physical layer data channel (that is, an uplink channel that can be used to carry physical layer data).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号在PUSCH(Physical Uplink Shared CHannel,物理上行共享信道)中被传输。As an embodiment, the first signal is transmitted in PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel).
作为一个实施例,附图5中的方框F51中的步骤存在,所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于所述第一节点确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the steps in block F51 in Figure 5 exist. The first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups. The control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used by the first node to determine all of the P power control parameter groups. The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块在PDSCH中被传输。As an embodiment, the first information block is transmitted in PDSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块在一个PDSCH中被传输。As an embodiment, the first information block is transmitted in a PDSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块在多个PDSCH中被传输。As an embodiment, the first information block is transmitted in multiple PDSCHs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块的一部分在一个PDSCH中被传输,所述第一信息块的另一部分在另一个PDSCH中被传输。As an embodiment, a part of the first information block is transmitted in one PDSCH, and another part of the first information block is transmitted in another PDSCH.
作为一个实施例,附图5中的方框F52中的步骤存在,所述第二信令被所述第一节点U2用于确定第二信号的调度信息;所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被所述第一节点 U2用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被所述第一节点U2用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被所述第一节点U2用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被所述第一节点U2用于确定所述目标功控参数组。As an embodiment, the steps in block F52 in Figure 5 exist, and the second signaling is used by the first node U2 to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used by the first node U2 is used to determine a second SRS resource group, which is used by the first node U2 to determine the antenna port for sending the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, Any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; the target power control parameter group is the The first node U2 is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used by the first node U2 to determine the target power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括物理层信令。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes physical layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括动态信令。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes dynamic signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括层1(L1)的信令。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes layer 1 (L1) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括DCI。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令是一个DCI。As an embodiment, the second signaling is a DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括一个DCI中的一个或多个DCI域(field)。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes one or more DCI fields (fields) in one DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令的格式属于Format 0_0,Format 0_1或Format 0_2中之一。As an embodiment, the format of the second signaling belongs to one of Format 0_0, Format 0_1 or Format 0_2.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令的格式和所述第一信令的格式相同。As an embodiment, the format of the second signaling is the same as the format of the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括RRC信令。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes RRC signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括MAC CE。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号包括基带信号。As an embodiment, the second signal includes a baseband signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号包括无线信号。As an embodiment, the second signal includes a wireless signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号包括射频信号。As an embodiment, the second signal includes a radio frequency signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号携带至少一个TB。As an embodiment, the second signal carries at least one TB.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号携带至少一个CBG。As an embodiment, the second signal carries at least one CBG.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号的所述调度信息包括QCL关系。As an embodiment, the scheduling information of the second signal includes a QCL relationship.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号的所述调度信息包括时域资源,频域资源,MCS,DMRS端口,HARQ进程号,RV,NDI,TCI状态或SRI中的一种或多种。As an embodiment, the scheduling information of the second signal includes one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, MCS, DMRS port, HARQ process number, RV, NDI, TCI status or SRI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令指示所述第二信号的所述调度信息。As an embodiment, the second signaling indicates the scheduling information of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括所述第二信号的所述调度信息。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes the scheduling information of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号被和所述第二SRS资源组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口发送。As an embodiment, the second signal is sent by the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the second SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点用和在所述第二SRS资源组中发送SRS相同的空域滤波器发送所述第二信号。As an embodiment, the first node sends the second signal using the same air domain filter used to send SRS in the second SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号包括v1个层,所述v1是正整数;所述v1个层被单位阵或第六预编码器预编码后被映射到第三天线端口组;所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定所述第三天线端口组;所述第三天线端口组包括至少一个天线端口。As an embodiment, the second signal includes v1 layers, where v1 is a positive integer; the v1 layers are precoded by the unit matrix or the sixth precoder and then mapped to the third antenna port group; Two SRS resource groups are used to determine the third antenna port group; the third antenna port group includes at least one antenna port.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第三天线端口组包括v1个天线端口,所述v1个层分别被映射到所述v1个天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括v1个SRS资源,所述v1个SRS资源中的任一SRS资源仅有一个SRS端口,所述v1个天线端口分别是和所述v1个SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the third antenna port group includes v1 antenna ports, and the v1 layers are respectively mapped to the v1 antenna ports; the second SRS resource group includes v1 SRSs resources, any SRS resource among the v1 SRS resources has only one SRS port, and the v1 antenna ports are the same antenna ports as the SRS ports of the v1 SRS resources.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第三天线端口组包括ρ2个天线端口,ρ2是大于1的正整数;所述第二SRS资源组仅包括一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组包括的所述一个SRS有ρ2个SRS端口;所述ρ2个天线端口分别是和所述ρ2个SRS端口相同的天线端口;所述v1个层被所述第六预编码器预编码后被映射到所述第三天线端口。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the third antenna port group includes ρ2 antenna ports, ρ2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the second SRS resource group only includes one SRS resource, and the second SRS resource The one SRS included in the group has ρ2 SRS ports; the ρ2 antenna ports are the same antenna ports as the ρ2 SRS ports respectively; the v1 layer is precoded by the sixth precoder. mapped to the third antenna port.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二信令指示所述第六预编码器。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second signaling indicates the sixth precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二信令指示所述第六预编码器的TPMI。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second signaling indicates the TPMI of the sixth precoder.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第六预编码器是一个矩阵或一个列向量。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the sixth precoder is a matrix or a column vector.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令在PDCCH中被传输。As an embodiment, the second signaling is transmitted in PDCCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令在PDSCH中被传输。As an embodiment, the second signaling is transmitted in PDSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号在PUSCH中被传输。As an embodiment, the second signal is transmitted in PUSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组指示所述第二SRS资源组。 As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling indicates the second SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二比特组包括所述第二信令中的至少一个DCI域。As an embodiment, the second bit group includes at least one DCI field in the second signaling.
实施例6Example 6
实施例6示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令包括第二域和第三域的示意图;如附图6所示。在实施例6中,所述第一信令包括第二域和第三域,所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第一信令中的所述第三域共同指示所述第一SRS资源组。Embodiment 6 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first signaling includes the second domain and the third domain according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 6 . In Embodiment 6, the first signaling includes a second domain and a third domain, and the second domain in the first signaling and the third domain in the first signaling jointly indicate The first SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别包括至少一个比特。As an embodiment, the second field and the third field each include at least one bit.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别包括至少一个DCI域。As an embodiment, the second domain and the third domain each include at least one DCI domain.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别包括至少一个DCI域中全部或部分比特。As an embodiment, the second field and the third field respectively include all or part of the bits in at least one DCI field.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别是一个DCI域。As an embodiment, the second domain and the third domain are respectively a DCI domain.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域包括DCI域SRS resource indicator。As an embodiment, the second domain includes a DCI domain SRS resource indicator.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域包括DCI中的第一个SRS resource indicator域。As an embodiment, the second domain includes the first SRS resource indicator domain in the DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第三域包括DCI域Second SRS resource indicator。As an embodiment, the third domain includes DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator.
作为一个实施例,所述第三域包括DCI域Second SRS resource indicator中的信息。As an embodiment, the third domain includes information in the DCI domain Second SRS resource indicator.
作为一个实施例,所述第三域包括DCI中的第二个SRS resource indicator域。As an embodiment, the third domain includes the second SRS resource indicator domain in the DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别指示至少一个SRI。As an embodiment, the second field and the third field respectively indicate at least one SRI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别指示至少一个SRS资源。As an embodiment, the second domain and the third domain respectively indicate at least one SRS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域指示所述第一SRS资源子组。As an embodiment, the second domain in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域指示所述第二SRS资源子组。As an embodiment, the third field in the first signaling indicates the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域的值指示所述第一SRS资源子组。As an embodiment, the value of the second field in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域在所述第一SRS资源集合中指示所述第一SRS资源子组。As an embodiment, the second domain in the first signaling indicates the first SRS resource subgroup in the first SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域在所述第二SRS资源集合中指示所述第二SRS资源子组。As an embodiment, the third domain in the first signaling indicates the second SRS resource subgroup in the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the second domain in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域的值指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the value of the second field in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域通过指示所述第一SRS资源子组来指示所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the second domain in the first signaling indicates the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup by indicating the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域的解读依赖于所述第一信令中的所述第二域。As an embodiment, the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling depends on the second domain in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域的解读依赖于所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling depends on the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域的解读基于具有和所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量相同的层数。As an embodiment, the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling is based on having the same number of layers as the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域的值和所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量共同被用于确定所述第二SRS资源子组,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the value of the third domain in the first signaling and the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup are jointly used to determine the second SRS resource subgroup, so The number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量和所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量都等于1。As an embodiment, the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup and the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup are both equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域的解读不依赖于所述第一信令中的所述第二域。As an embodiment, the interpretation of the third domain in the first signaling does not depend on the second domain in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域在所述第一SRS资源集合中指示一个SRS资源,所述第一SRS资源子组由所述一个SRS资源组成。As an embodiment, the second domain in the first signaling indicates one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource subgroup is composed of the one SRS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域在所述第二SRS资源集合中指示一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源子组由所述一个SRS资源组成。As an embodiment, the third domain in the first signaling indicates one SRS resource in the second SRS resource set, and the second SRS resource subgroup is composed of the one SRS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括第四域,所述第一信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第一SRS资源集合相关联,所述第一信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述第一信令 中的所述第三域和所述第二SRS资源集合相关联。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a fourth domain, and the fourth domain in the first signaling is used to determine the second domain and the third domain in the first signaling. An SRS resource set is associated, and the fourth domain in the first signaling is used to determine the first signaling The third domain in is associated with the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,句子所述第一信令中的一个域与一个SRS资源集合相关联的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述一个域指示的SRS资源属于所述一个SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that one domain in the first signaling is associated with an SRS resource set includes: the SRS resource indicated by the one domain in the first signaling belongs to the one SRS resource set. .
作为一个实施例,句子所述第一信令中的一个域与一个SRS资源集合相关联的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述一个域从所述一个SRS资源集合中指示至少一个SRS资源。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that a domain in the first signaling is associated with an SRS resource set includes: the one domain in the first signaling indicates at least one SRS resource set from the SRS resources.
作为一个实施例,所述第四域包括DCI域SRS resource set indicator。As an embodiment, the fourth domain includes DCI domain SRS resource set indicator.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第二域指示所述第一SRS资源子组中每个SRS资源的SRI。As an embodiment, the second domain in the first signaling indicates the SRI of each SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第三域指示所述第二SRS资源子组中每个SRS资源的SRI。As an embodiment, the third domain in the first signaling indicates the SRI of each SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第四域。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the fourth field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the fourth field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域,所述第三域和所述第四域。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling includes the second field, the third field and the fourth field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的所述第二域,所述第三域和所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling is composed of the second field, the third field and the fourth field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第四域被用于确定:所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域。As an embodiment, the fourth field in the first signaling is used to determine that the first bit group includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令指示:所述第一SRS资源集合中的SRS资源和所述第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源共同被用于确定发送所述第一信号的所述天线端口。As an embodiment, the first signaling indicates that the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set are jointly used to determine the method for sending the first signal. Antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第四域指示:所述第一SRS资源集合中的SRS资源和所述第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源共同被用于确定发送所述第一信号的所述天线端口。As an embodiment, the fourth domain in the first signaling indicates that the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set are jointly used to determine whether to send the the antenna port for the first signal.
实施例7Example 7
实施例7示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一功控参数组被用于确定第一信号的发送功率的示意图;如附图7所示。在实施例7中,所述第一功控参数组被用于确定第一参考功率;所述第一参考功率被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率;所述第一参考功率和第一分量线性相关,所述第一参考功率和第二分量线性相关;所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一分量和所述第二分量中的至少之一。Embodiment 7 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 7 . In Embodiment 7, the first power control parameter group is used to determine the first reference power; the first reference power is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first reference power The first reference power is linearly related to the first component, and the first reference power is linearly related to the second component; the first power control parameter set is used to determine at least one of the first component and the second component.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和所述第一分量之间的线性系数等于1。As an embodiment, the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the first component is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和所述第二分量之间的线性系数等于1。As an embodiment, the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the second component is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述发送功率是所述第一参考功率和第一功率阈值中的最小值。As an embodiment, the transmission power of the first signal is the minimum value of the first reference power and the first power threshold.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率阈值是所述第一节点配置的最大输出功率。As an embodiment, the first power threshold is the maximum output power configured by the first node.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率阈值的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the first power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率阈值是PCMAX,f,c(i)。As an example, the first power threshold is PCMAX,f,c (i).
作为一个实施例,所述PCMAX,f,c(i)的定义参见3GPP TS38.213。As an example, the definition of PCMAX,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率阈值是PCMAXAs an example, the first power threshold is PCMAX .
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the first reference power is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的所述发送功率的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the transmission power of the first signal is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率阈值的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the first power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第一分量是功率基准。As an example, the first component is a power reference.
作为一个实施例,所述第一分量是P0。As an example, the first component is P0.
作为一个实施例,所述第一分量是用于上行链路功率控制的P0。As an example, the first component is P0 for uplink power control.
作为一个实施例,所述第一分量是用于PUSCH功率控制的P0。As an embodiment, the first component is P0 used for PUSCH power control.
作为一个实施例,所述第一分量是P0_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)。As an example, the first component is P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j).
作为一个实施例,承载所述第一信号的PUSCH在服务小区c的载波f的活动(active)上行链路BWP b 中用索引为j的参数集合配置传输。As an embodiment, the PUSCH carrying the first signal is in the active uplink BWP b of the carrier f of the serving cell c. The transmission is configured using the parameter set with index j.
作为一个实施例,所述第二分量等于第一路损和第一系数的乘积;针对第一参考信号的测量被用于确定所述第一路损,所述第一参考信号在第一参考信号资源中被传输。As an embodiment, the second component is equal to the product of the first path loss and the first coefficient; the measurement of the first reference signal is used to determine the first path loss, and the first reference signal is is transmitted in signal resources.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一参考信号资源包括CSI-RS(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,信道状态信息参考信号)资源(resource)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first reference signal resource includes CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, Channel State Information Reference Signal) resource (resource).
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一参考信号资源包括SS/PBCH block(Synchronisation Signal/physical broadcast channel Block,同步信号/物理广播信道块)资源。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first reference signal resource includes SS/PBCH block (Synchronisation Signal/physical broadcast channel Block, synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block) resource.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一路损等于所述第一参考信号的发送功率减去所述第一参考信号的RSRP(Reference Signal Received Power)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first path loss is equal to the transmission power of the first reference signal minus the RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power) of the first reference signal.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一系数是小于或者等于1的非负实数。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first coefficient is a non-negative real number less than or equal to 1.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一系数是alfa。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first coefficient is alfa.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一系数是用于上行链路功率控制的alfa。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first coefficient is alfa used for uplink power control.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一系数是用于PUSCH功率控制的alfa。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first coefficient is alfa used for PUSCH power control.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一系数是αb,f,c(j)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first coefficient is α b,f,c (j).
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和第三分量线性相关,所述第一参考功率与所述第三分量之间的线性系数是1,所述第三分量是功率控制调节状态。As an embodiment, the first reference power and the third component are linearly related, the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the third component is 1, and the third component is the power control adjustment state.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第三分量是fb,f,c(i,l)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the third component is f b,f,c (i,l).
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述fb,f,c(i,l)的定义参见3GPP TS38.213。As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the definition of f b, f, c (i, l) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和第四分量线性相关,所述第一参考功率和所述第四分量之间的线性系数是1;所述第四分量和承载所述第一信号的PUSCH被分配到的表述为RB(Resource Block,资源块)的数量的带宽有关。As an embodiment, the first reference power and the fourth component are linearly related, and the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the fourth component is 1; the fourth component and the fourth component carry the first signal The PUSCH is allocated to the bandwidth expressed as the number of RB (Resource Block, resource block).
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和第五分量线性相关,所述第一参考功率与所述第五分量之间的线性系数是1,所述第五分量和所述第一信号携带的码块(code block)的数量,所述第一信号携带的每个码块的大小以及分配给所述第一信号的RE(Resource Element)的数量都有关。As an embodiment, the first reference power and the fifth component are linearly related, the linear coefficient between the first reference power and the fifth component is 1, and the fifth component and the first signal carry The number of code blocks, the size of each code block carried by the first signal and the number of RE (Resource Element) allocated to the first signal are all related.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第五分量是ΔTF,b,f,c(i)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the fifth component is Δ TF,b,f,c (i).
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述ΔTF,b,f,c(i)的定义参见3GPP TS38.213。As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the definition of Δ TF,b,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和所述第一分量,所述第二分量,所述第三分量,所述第四分量以及所述第五分量分别线性相关;所述第一参考功率和所述第一分量,所述第二分量,所述第三分量,所述第四分量和所述第五分量之间的线性系数分别是1。As an embodiment, the first reference power is linearly related to the first component, the second component, the third component, the fourth component and the fifth component respectively; the first reference The linear coefficients between the power and the first component, the second component, the third component, the fourth component and the fifth component are respectively 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考功率和所述第一分量,所述第二分量,所述第三分量以及所述第四分量分别线性相关;所述第一参考功率和所述第一分量,所述第二分量,所述第三分量和所述第四分量之间的线性系数分别是1。As an embodiment, the first reference power is linearly related to the first component, the second component, the third component and the fourth component respectively; the first reference power is linearly related to the first component. The linear coefficient between the component, the second component, the third component and the fourth component is 1 respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一分量。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes the first component.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一参考信号资源的标识。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes an identifier of the first reference signal resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考信号资源的标识包括SSB-Index。As an embodiment, the identifier of the first reference signal resource includes SSB-Index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一参考信号资源的标识包括NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId。As an embodiment, the identifier of the first reference signal resource includes NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括的路损参考信号身份指示所述第一参考信号资源。As an embodiment, the path loss reference signal identity included in the first power control parameter group indicates the first reference signal resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一系数。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes the first coefficient.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第三分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第三分量对应的闭环索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes a closed-loop index corresponding to the third component.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一分量,所述第一参考信号资源的标识,所述第一系数和所述第三分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes the first component, the identifier of the first reference signal resource, the first coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component. At least one.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一分量,第一路损参考信号身份,所述第一系数和所述第三分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引中的至少之一;所述第一路损参考信号身份指示所述第一参考信号资源。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes at least one of the first component, the first path loss reference signal identity, the first coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component. 1. The first path loss reference signal identity indicates the first reference signal resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一分量,所述第一路损参考信号身份,所述第一系 数和所述第三分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes the first component, the first path loss reference signal identity, the first system number and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一分量,所述第一系数和所述第三分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes the first component, the first coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the third component.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组包括所述第一分量和所述第一系数。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group includes the first component and the first coefficient.
实施例8Example 8
实施例8示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信息块的示意图;如附图8所示。在实施例8中,所述第一信息块被用于配置所述P个功控参数组;所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被所述第一节点用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。Embodiment 8 illustrates a schematic diagram of the first information block according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 8 . In Embodiment 8, the first information block is used to configure the P power control parameter groups; the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first The first bit group in the signaling is used by the first node to determine: the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the first signal Transmit power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块由RRC Reconfiguration消息(message)携带。As an embodiment, the first information block is carried by an RRC Reconfiguration message (message).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块由更高层信令携带。As an embodiment, the first information block is carried by higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块由RRC信令携带。As an embodiment, the first information block is carried by RRC signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块由MAC CE携带。As an embodiment, the first information block is carried by MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括至少一个IE中的全部或部分信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes all or part of the information in at least one IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括PUSCH-ServingCellConfig IE中的信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes information in the PUSCH-ServingCellConfig IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括PUSCH-Config IE中的信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes information in the PUSCH-Config IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括PDSCH-Config IE中的信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes information in the PDSCH-Config IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括BWP-UplinkDedicated IE中的信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes information in the BWP-UplinkDedicated IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括BWP-DownlinkDedicated IE中的信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes information in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块包括ServingCellConfig IE中的信息。As an embodiment, the first information block includes information in ServingCellConfig IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块由多个IE携带。As an embodiment, the first information block is carried by multiple IEs.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述多个IE包括PUSCH-ServingCellConfig IE,PUSCH-Config IE,PDSCH-Config IE,BWP-UplinkDedicated IE,BWP-DownlinkDedicated IE或ServingCellConfig IE中的一个或多个。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the plurality of IEs include one or more of PUSCH-ServingCellConfig IE, PUSCH-Config IE, PDSCH-Config IE, BWP-UplinkDedicated IE, BWP-DownlinkDedicated IE or ServingCellConfig IE.
作为一个实施例,所述P等于3。As an example, P is equal to 3.
作为一个实施例,所述P大于2。As an example, P is greater than 2.
作为一个实施例,所述P不大于64。As an example, the P is no greater than 64.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括alfa。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中任一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中任一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes a path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括用于测量路损的参考信号的标识。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引和路损参考信号身份中的至少之一。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes at least one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引和路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa, a power control adjustment state index and a path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa和功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0和alfa。As an embodiment, any one of the P power control parameter groups includes P0 and alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组被分别配置。As an embodiment, the P power control parameter groups are configured separately.
作为一个实施例,所述P个功控参数组中的任意两个功控参数组被分别配置。As an embodiment, any two power control parameter groups among the P power control parameter groups are configured separately.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中的仅所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine: only the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the th The transmit power of a signal.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中的仅所述第一功控参数组被 用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group. The bit group is used to determine: only the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中除所述第一功控参数组以外的任一功控参数组不被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group. The bit group is used to determine that: any power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups except the first power control parameter group is not used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second The SRS resources of the SRS resource set implicitly indicate that the first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源,以及通过指示所述第一SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合中的哪些SRS资源和所述第二SRS资源集合中的哪些SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling indicates that the first SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resources of the SRS resource set, and implicitly indicating which SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and which SRS resources in the second SRS resource set the first SRS resource group includes. The first power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组通过指示所述第一SRS资源哪些SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first bit group in the first signaling implicitly indicates the first of the P power control parameter groups by indicating which SRS resources are the first SRS resources. A set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述P大于2,所述P个功控参数组包括第二功控参数组和第三功控参数组,所述第二功控参数组和所述第一SRS资源集合关联,所述第三功控参数组和所述第二SRS资源集合关联。As an embodiment, the P is greater than 2, the P power control parameter groups include a second power control parameter group and a third power control parameter group, and the second power control parameter group and the first SRS resource set The third power control parameter group is associated with the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,一个功控参数组和一个SRS资源集合关联的意思包括:所述一个功控参数组由所述一个SRS资源集合的TCI状态确定。As an embodiment, the meaning of associating a power control parameter group with an SRS resource set includes: the power control parameter group is determined by the TCI status of the SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,一个功控参数组和一个SRS资源集合关联的意思包括:所述一个功控参数组由所述一个SRS资源集合的TCI状态对应的TCI-state IE配置。As an embodiment, the meaning of associating a power control parameter group with an SRS resource set includes: the power control parameter group is configured by the TCI-state IE corresponding to the TCI state of the SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,一个功控参数组和一个SRS资源集合关联的意思包括:当发送一个信号的天线端口由所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述一个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源确定时,所述一个功控参数组被用于确定所述一个信号的发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of associating a power control parameter group with an SRS resource set includes: when the antenna port sending a signal is configured by only the one SRS in the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set. When the SRS resources in the resource set are determined, the one power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the one signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功控参数组,所述第二功控参数组和所述第三功控参数组是分别配置的。As an embodiment, the first power control parameter group, the second power control parameter group and the third power control parameter group are configured separately.
实施例9Example 9
实施例9示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二信令包括第二域和第三域的示意图;如附图9所示。在实施例9中,所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第二信令中的所述第三域中的仅所述第二信令中的所述第二域指示所述第二SRS资源组。Embodiment 9 illustrates a schematic diagram in which second signaling includes a second domain and a third domain according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 9 . In Embodiment 9, only the second domain in the second signaling and the third domain in the second signaling indicate The second SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二域和所述第三域分别是实施例6中的所述第二域和所述第三域。As an embodiment, the second domain and the third domain are respectively the second domain and the third domain in Embodiment 6.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括实施例6中的所述第四域,所述第二信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述目标SRS资源集合相关联。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes the fourth domain in Embodiment 6, and the fourth domain in the second signaling is used to determine the The second domain is associated with the target SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述第二信令中的所述第三域被预留(reserved)。As an embodiment, the fourth domain in the second signaling is used to determine that the third domain in the second signaling is reserved.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组包括所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第二信令中的所述第三域中的仅所述第二信令中的所述第二域。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling includes only the second field in the second signaling and the third field in the second signaling. The second domain in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组由所述第二信令中的所述第二域组成。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling is composed of the second field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组包括所述第二信令中的所述第四域。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling includes the fourth field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组由所述第二信令中的所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling is composed of the fourth field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组包括所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第四域。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling includes the second field and the fourth field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组由所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling is composed of the second field and the fourth field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第三域不被用于确定所述第二SRS资源组。As an embodiment, the third domain in the second signaling is not used to determine the second SRS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第三域不被用于确定发送所述第二信号的所述天线端口。As an embodiment, the third domain in the second signaling is not used to determine the antenna port that sends the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第三域不被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。As an embodiment, the third domain in the second signaling is not used to determine the target power control parameter set.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域;所述第二比特组 包括所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域中的仅所述第二域。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling; the second bit group The second domain in the second signaling and only the second domain in the third domain are included.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域,所述第三域和所述第四域;所述第二比特组包括所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第四域。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes the second field, the third field and the fourth field in the first signaling; the second bit group includes the second signaling field. Let the second domain and the fourth domain in .
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组由所述第一信令中的所述第二域,所述第三域和所述第四域组成;所述第二比特组由所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group consists of the second domain, the third domain and the fourth domain in the first signaling; the second bit group consists of the second The second domain and the fourth domain in signaling are composed of.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述第一比特组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域,所述第二信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述第二比特组包括所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域中的仅所述第二域。As an embodiment, the fourth field in the first signaling is used to determine that the first bit group includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling, so The fourth field in the second signaling is used to determine that the second bit group includes the second field in the second signaling and only the second field in the third field. .
作为一个实施例,所述第二SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源。As an embodiment, the second SRS resource group includes only the SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令指示所述第二SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源。As an embodiment, the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes only SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组指示所述第二SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes the first SRS resource set and only the target SRS in the second SRS resource set. SRS resources in the resource collection.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第四域指示所述第二SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源。As an embodiment, the fourth domain in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes the first SRS resource set and only the target SRS resource in the second SRS resource set. SRS resources in the collection.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令指示所述目标SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组指示所述目标SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第四域指示所述目标SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the fourth field in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令从所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中指示所述目标SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set from the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组从所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中指示所述目标SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set from the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第四域从所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中指示所述目标SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the fourth domain in the second signaling indicates the target SRS resource set from the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the target SRS resource set is the first SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第二SRS资源集合。As an embodiment, the target SRS resource set is the second SRS resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令指示:所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源被用于确定发送所述第二信号的所述天线端口。As an embodiment, the second signaling indicates that only the SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are used to determine to send the second SRS resource set. signal to the antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第四域指示:所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源被用于确定发送所述第二信号的所述天线端口。As an embodiment, the fourth domain in the second signaling indicates that only the SRS resources in the target SRS resource set among the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are used. Determining the antenna port through which the second signal is sent.
作为一个实施例,所述第二SRS资源组包括的SRS资源的数量等于1。As an embodiment, the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource group is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第二SRS资源组包括的SRS资源的数量大于1。As an embodiment, the second SRS resource group includes a number of SRS resources greater than 1.
实施例10Example 10
实施例10示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二信令中的第二比特组被用于确定目标功控参数组的示意图;如附图10所示。Embodiment 10 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 10 .
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组的意思包括:所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定:所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling A group is used to determine: the target power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组显式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第所述第二信令中的信号的发送功率。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling explicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the signal in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组隐式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组通过指示所述第二SRS资源组来隐式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。 As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the second signal by indicating the second SRS resource group. The transmit power.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组通过指示所述第二SRS资源组中的SRS资源所属的SRS资源集合来隐式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates the target power control parameter group by indicating the SRS resource set to which the SRS resources in the second SRS resource group belong. used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组通过指示所述第二SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes only the target in the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set. The SRS resources in the SRS resource set implicitly indicate that the target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组通过指示所述第二SRS资源组包括哪些SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling implicitly indicates that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the SRS resources included in the second SRS resource group. the transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组通过指示所述第二SRS资源组包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中的仅所述目标SRS资源集合中的SRS资源,以及通过指示所述第二SRS资源组包括所述目标SRS资源集合中的哪些SRS资源,来隐式的指示所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second bit group in the second signaling indicates that the second SRS resource group includes only the target in the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set. SRS resources in the SRS resource set, and by indicating which SRS resources in the target SRS resource set the second SRS resource group includes, implicitly indicating that the target power control parameter group is used to determine the first The transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组是实施例8中的所述第二功控参数组和所述第三功控参数组中和所述目标SRS资源集合关联的一个功控参数组。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group is a power control parameter group associated with the target SRS resource set among the second power control parameter group and the third power control parameter group in Embodiment 8. .
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组的意思包括:所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中的所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling A group is used to determine: the target power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组的意思包括:所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中的仅所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling A group is used to determine: only the target power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组的意思包括:所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定:所述P个功控参数组中除所述目标功控参数组以外的任一功控参数组不被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the target power control parameter group includes: the second bit group in the second signaling The group is used to determine: any power control parameter group among the P power control parameter groups other than the target power control parameter group is not used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
实施例11Example 11
实施例11示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的目标功控参数组被用于确定第二信号的发送功率的示意图;如附图11所示。在实施例11中,所述目标功控参数组被用于确定第二参考功率;所述第二参考功率被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率;所述第二参考功率和第六分量线性相关,所述第二参考功率和第七分量线性相关;所述目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第六分量和所述第七分量中的至少之一;所述第二参考功率和所述第六分量之间的线性系数等于1;所述第二参考功率和所述第七分量之间的线性系数等于1。Embodiment 11 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 11 . In Embodiment 11, the target power control parameter set is used to determine the second reference power; the second reference power is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal; the second reference power and The sixth component is linearly related, and the second reference power and the seventh component are linearly related; the target power control parameter set is used to determine at least one of the sixth component and the seventh component; the first The linear coefficient between the second reference power and the sixth component is equal to 1; the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the seventh component is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号的所述发送功率是所述第二参考功率和第二功率阈值中的最小值。As an embodiment, the transmission power of the second signal is the minimum value of the second reference power and the second power threshold.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率阈值是所述第一节点配置的最大输出功率。As an embodiment, the second power threshold is the maximum output power configured by the first node.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率阈值的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the second power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率阈值是PCMAX,f,c(i)。As an example, the second power threshold is PCMAX,f,c (i).
作为一个实施例,所述PCMAX,f,c(i)的定义参见3GPP TS38.213。As an example, the definition of PCMAX,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率阈值是PCMAXAs an example, the second power threshold is PCMAX .
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考功率的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the second reference power is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号的所述发送功率的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the transmission power of the second signal is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率阈值的单位是dBm(毫分贝)。As an embodiment, the unit of the second power threshold is dBm (millidecibels).
作为一个实施例,所述第六分量是功率基准。As an example, the sixth component is a power reference.
作为一个实施例,所述第六分量是P0。As an example, the sixth component is P0.
作为一个实施例,所述第六分量是用于上行链路功率控制的P0。As an embodiment, the sixth component is P0 for uplink power control.
作为一个实施例,所述第六分量是用于PUSCH功率控制的P0。As an embodiment, the sixth component is P0 used for PUSCH power control.
作为一个实施例,所述第六分量是P0_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)。As an example, the sixth component is P 0_PUSCH,b,f,c (j).
作为一个实施例,承载所述第二信号的PUSCH在服务小区c的载波f的活动(active)上行链路BWP b 中用索引为j的参数集合配置传输。As an embodiment, the PUSCH carrying the second signal is in the active uplink BWP b of the carrier f of the serving cell c. The transmission is configured using the parameter set with index j.
作为一个实施例,所述第七分量等于第二路损和第二系数的乘积;针对第二参考信号的测量被用于确定所述第二路损,所述第二参考信号在第二参考信号资源中被传输。As an embodiment, the seventh component is equal to the product of the second path loss and the second coefficient; the measurement of the second reference signal is used to determine the second path loss, and the second reference signal is is transmitted in signal resources.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二参考信号资源包括CSI-RS资源。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second reference signal resources include CSI-RS resources.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二参考信号资源包括SS/PBCH block资源。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second reference signal resource includes SS/PBCH block resources.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二路损等于所述第二参考信号的发送功率减去所述第二参考信号的RSRP。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second path loss is equal to the transmit power of the second reference signal minus the RSRP of the second reference signal.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二系数是小于或者等于1的非负实数。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second coefficient is a non-negative real number less than or equal to 1.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二系数是alfa。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second coefficient is alfa.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二系数是用于上行链路功率控制的alfa。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second coefficient is alfa for uplink power control.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二系数是用于PUSCH功率控制的alfa。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second coefficient is alfa used for PUSCH power control.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二系数是αb,f,c(j)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the second coefficient is α b,f,c (j).
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考功率和第八分量线性相关,所述第二参考功率与所述第八分量之间的线性系数是1,所述第八分量是功率控制调节状态。As an embodiment, the second reference power is linearly related to the eighth component, the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the eighth component is 1, and the eighth component is the power control adjustment state.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第八分量是fb,f,c(i,l)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the eighth component is f b,f,c (i,l).
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述fb,f,c(i,l)的定义参见3GPP TS38.213。As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the definition of f b, f, c (i, l) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考功率和第九分量线性相关,所述第二参考功率和所述第九分量之间的线性系数是1;所述第九分量和承载所述第二信号的PUSCH被分配到的表述为RB的数量的带宽有关。As an embodiment, the second reference power and the ninth component are linearly related, and the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the ninth component is 1; the ninth component and the ninth component carry the second signal The PUSCH is allocated to the bandwidth expressed as the number of RBs.
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考功率和第十分量线性相关,所述第二参考功率与所述第十分量之间的线性系数是1,所述第十分量和所述第二信号携带的码块的数量,所述第二信号携带的每个码块的大小以及分配给所述第二信号的RE的数量都有关。As an embodiment, the second reference power is linearly related to the tenth component, the linear coefficient between the second reference power and the tenth component is 1, and the tenth component and the tenth component are The number of code blocks carried by the second signal, the size of each code block carried by the second signal, and the number of REs allocated to the second signal are all related.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第十分量是ΔTF,b,f,c(i)。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the tenth component is Δ TF,b,f,c (i).
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述ΔTF,b,f,c(i)的定义参见3GPP TS38.213。As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the definition of Δ TF,b,f,c (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.213.
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考功率和所述第六分量,所述第七分量,所述第八分量,所述第九分量以及所述第十分量分别线性相关;所述第二参考功率和所述第六分量,所述第七分量,所述第八分量,所述第九分量和所述第十分量之间的线性系数分别是1。As an embodiment, the second reference power is linearly related to the sixth component, the seventh component, the eighth component, the ninth component and the tenth component respectively; the second The linear coefficients between the reference power and the sixth component, the seventh component, the eighth component, the ninth component and the tenth component are 1 respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考功率和所述第六分量,所述第七分量,所述第八分量以及所述第九分量分别线性相关;所述第二参考功率和所述第六分量,所述第七分量,所述第八分量和所述第九分量之间的线性系数分别是1。As an embodiment, the second reference power is linearly related to the sixth component, the seventh component, the eighth component and the ninth component respectively; the second reference power is linearly related to the sixth component. component, the linear coefficient between the seventh component, the eighth component and the ninth component is 1 respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第六分量。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter set includes the sixth component.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第二参考信号资源的标识。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes the identification of the second reference signal resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考信号资源的标识包括SSB-Index。As an embodiment, the identifier of the second reference signal resource includes SSB-Index.
作为一个实施例,所述第二参考信号资源的标识包括NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId。As an embodiment, the identifier of the second reference signal resource includes NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第二系数。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter set includes the second coefficient.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第八分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes a power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第八分量对应的闭环索引。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes a closed-loop index corresponding to the eighth component.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第六分量,所述第二参考信号资源的标识,所述第二系数和所述第八分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes at least the sixth component, the identifier of the second reference signal resource, the second coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component. one.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第六分量,所述第二参考信号资源的标识,所述第二系数和所述第八分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes the sixth component, the identifier of the second reference signal resource, the second coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第六分量,所述第二系数和所述第八分量对应的功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes the sixth component, the second coefficient and the power control adjustment state index corresponding to the eighth component.
作为一个实施例,所述目标功控参数组包括所述第六分量和所述第二系数。As an embodiment, the target power control parameter group includes the sixth component and the second coefficient.
实施例12Example 12
实施例12示例了根据本申请的一个实施例发送第一信号的天线端口的示意图;如附图12所示。在实 施例12中,所述第一信号包括v个层,所述v是正整数;所述v个层被W0预编码后被映射到第一天线端口组,所述v个层被W1预编码后被映射到第二天线端口组,所述W0和所述W1分别是一个预编码器;所述第一天线端口组包括的天线端口的数量等于ρ0,所述第二天线端口组包括的天线端口的数量等于ρ1,所述ρ0和所述ρ1分别是正整数;所述第一SRS资源子组被所述第一节点用于确定所述第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被所述第一节点用于确定所述第二天线端口组。Embodiment 12 illustrates a schematic diagram of an antenna port that transmits a first signal according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 12 . in reality In Embodiment 12, the first signal includes v layers, where v is a positive integer; the v layers are precoded by W 0 and then mapped to the first antenna port group, and the v layers are precoded by W 1 After encoding, it is mapped to the second antenna port group, and the W 0 and the W 1 are respectively a precoder; the number of antenna ports included in the first antenna port group is equal to ρ0, and the second antenna port group The number of included antenna ports is equal to ρ1, and the ρ0 and the ρ1 are respectively positive integers; the first SRS resource subgroup is used by the first node to determine the first antenna port group, and the second SRS The resource subgroup is used by the first node to determine the second antenna port group.
在附图12中,所述分别是所述第一天线端口组中的ρ0个天线端口,所述分别是所述第二天线端口组中的ρ1个天线端口,所述y(0)(i),...,y(v-1)(i)分别是所述v个层;所述M是每一个层的调制符号数。In Figure 12, the are respectively ρ0 antenna ports in the first antenna port group, and the are respectively the ρ1 antenna ports in the second antenna port group, and the y (0) (i),..., y (v-1) (i) are the v layers respectively; the M is the number of modulation symbols for each layer.
作为一个实施例,所述z(p)(i)的定义参见3GPP TS38.211,其中 As an example, the definition of z (p) (i) can be found in 3GPP TS38.211, where or
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组分别包括至少一个天线端口。As an embodiment, the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group each include at least one antenna port.
作为一个实施例,一个天线端口上发送的一个信号经历的信道可以从同一个天线端口上发送的另一个信号经历的信道推断出来。As an example, the channel experienced by one signal transmitted on one antenna port may be inferred from the channel experienced by another signal transmitted on the same antenna port.
作为一个实施例,一个天线端口上发送的一个信号经历的信道不能从另一个天线端口上发送的一个信号经历的信道推断出来。As an example, the channel experienced by a signal transmitted on one antenna port cannot be inferred from the channel experienced by a signal transmitted on another antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组仅包括一个天线端口。As an embodiment, the first antenna port group includes only one antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组包括多个天线端口。As an embodiment, the first antenna port group includes multiple antenna ports.
作为一个实施例,所述第二天线端口组仅包括一个天线端口。As an embodiment, the second antenna port group includes only one antenna port.
作为一个实施例,所述第二天线端口组包括多个天线端口。As an embodiment, the second antenna port group includes multiple antenna ports.
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组包括的天线端口的数量等于所述第二天线端口组包括的天线端口的数量。As an embodiment, the number of antenna ports included in the first antenna port group is equal to the number of antenna ports included in the second antenna port group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组包括的天线端口的数量不等于所述第二天线端口组包括的天线端口的数量。As an embodiment, the number of antenna ports included in the first antenna port group is not equal to the number of antenna ports included in the second antenna port group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组包括和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As an embodiment, the first antenna port group includes the same antenna port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一天线端口组由和所述第一SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成。As an embodiment, the first antenna port group is composed of antenna ports that are the same as SRS ports of the SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第二天线端口组包括和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As an embodiment, the second antenna port group includes the same SRS port as the SRS port of the SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第二天线端口组由和所述第二SRS资源子组中的SRS资源的SRS端口相同的天线端口组成。As an embodiment, the second antenna port group is composed of the same SRS ports as the SRS ports of the SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组包括ρ0个SRS端口,所述第二SRS资源子组包括ρ1个SRS端口;所述ρ0个天线端口分别是和所述第一SRS资源子组包括的所述ρ0个SRS端口相同的天线端口,所述ρ1个天线端口分别是和所述第二SRS资源子组包括的所述ρ1个SRS端口相同的天线端口。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource subgroup includes ρ0 SRS ports, and the second SRS resource subgroup includes ρ1 SRS ports; the ρ0 antenna ports are respectively the same as the first SRS resource subgroup. The ρ0 SRS ports included are the same antenna ports, and the ρ1 antenna ports are respectively the same antenna ports as the ρ1 SRS ports included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述ρ0个天线端口和所述ρ0个SRS端口一一对应,所述ρ0个天线端口中的任一天线端口是和对应的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the p0 antenna ports correspond to the p0 SRS ports one-to-one, and any antenna port among the p0 antenna ports is the same antenna port as the corresponding SRS port.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述ρ1个天线端口和所述ρ1个SRS端口一一对应,所述ρ1个天线端口中的任一天线端口是和对应的SRS端口相同的天线端口。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the ρ1 antenna ports correspond to the ρ1 SRS ports one-to-one, and any of the ρ1 antenna ports is the same antenna port as the corresponding SRS port.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述ρ0,所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源被配置的SRS端口的数量等于1,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的所述ρ0个SRS端口分别是所述第一SRS资源子组中的ρ0个SRS资源的SRS端口;所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述ρ1,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源被配置的SRS端口的数量等于1,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的所述ρ1个SRS端口分别是所述第二SRS资源子组中的ρ1个SRS资源的SRS端口。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the p0, and the number of SRS ports configured for any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup is Equal to 1, the ρ0 SRS ports included in the first SRS resource subgroup are respectively the SRS ports of the ρ0 SRS resources in the first SRS resource subgroup; the SRS ports included in the second SRS resource subgroup The number of resources is equal to ρ1, the number of SRS ports configured for any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup is equal to 1, and the ρ1 SRS ports included in the second SRS resource subgroup are respectively SRS ports of ρ1 SRS resources in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述ρ0等于所述ρ1。As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the ρ0 is equal to the ρ1.
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述W0和所述W1分别是一个单位阵。 As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the W 0 and the W 1 are each a unit matrix.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组仅包括一个SRS资源,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的一个SRS资源是第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS资源被配置的SRS端口的数量等于所述ρ0,所述第一SRS资源子组包括的所述ρ0个SRS端口是所述第一SRS资源的ρ0个SRS端口;所述第二SRS资源子组仅包括一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的一个SRS资源是第二SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源被配置的SRS端口的数量等于所述ρ1,所述第二SRS资源子组包括的所述ρ1个SRS端口是所述第二SRS资源的ρ1个SRS端口。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the first SRS resource subgroup includes only one SRS resource, the one SRS resource included in the first SRS resource subgroup is the first SRS resource, and the first SRS resource is The number of configured SRS ports is equal to the p0, and the p0 SRS ports included in the first SRS resource subgroup are the p0 SRS ports of the first SRS resource; the second SRS resource subgroup only includes One SRS resource, one SRS resource included in the second SRS resource subgroup is a second SRS resource, the number of SRS ports configured in the second SRS resource is equal to the ρ1, and the second SRS resource subgroup includes The ρ1 SRS ports are the ρ1 SRS ports of the second SRS resource.
作为上述子实施例的一个参考实施例,所述第一信令指示所述W0和所述W1As a reference embodiment of the above sub-embodiment, the first signaling indicates the W 0 and the W 1 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组同时发送。As an embodiment, the first signal is sent simultaneously by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号在相同的时频资源中被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组同时发送。As an embodiment, the first signal is transmitted simultaneously by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group in the same time-frequency resource.
实施例13Example 13
实施例13示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一偏移量,第二功率和第三功率的示意图;如附图13所示。在实施例13中,所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于所述第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于所述第三功率;所述第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。Embodiment 13 illustrates a schematic diagram of the first offset, the second power and the third power according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 13 . In Embodiment 13, the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the second power, and the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the second power. The transmission power of the portion of a signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power. .
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率,所述第二功率和所述第三功率的单位分别是dBm。As an embodiment, the units of the first power, the second power and the third power are dBm respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号的总发送功率等于所述第一功率。As an embodiment, the total transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信号在所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组上的总发送功率等于所述第一功率。As an embodiment, the total transmission power of the first signal on the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group is equal to the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率的线性值和所述第三功率的线性值之和等于所述第一功率的线性值。As an embodiment, the sum of the linear value of the second power and the linear value of the third power is equal to the linear value of the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率的线性值和所述第三功率的线性值之和不大于所述第一功率的线性值。As an embodiment, the sum of the linear value of the second power and the linear value of the third power is not greater than the linear value of the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量的单位是dB。As an embodiment, the unit of the first offset is dB.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量的单位是dBm。As an embodiment, the unit of the first offset is dBm.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量没有单位。As an embodiment, the first offset has no unit.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量是一个正实数。As an embodiment, the first offset is a positive real number.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量是实数。As an embodiment, the first offset is a real number.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量是可配置的。As an embodiment, the first offset is configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量由更高层信令配置。As an embodiment, the first offset is configured by higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量由层1的信令配置。As an embodiment, the first offset is configured by layer 1 signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量由所述第一信令指示。As an embodiment, the first offset is indicated by the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一偏移量是不需要配置的。As an embodiment, the first offset does not need to be configured.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率和所述第三功率之差等于所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the difference between the second power and the third power is equal to the first offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率和所述第三功率之差不大于所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the difference between the second power and the third power is not greater than the first offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率和所述第三功率之差不小于所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the difference between the second power and the third power is not less than the first offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率和所述第三功率之差的绝对值不大于所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the absolute value of the difference between the second power and the third power is not greater than the first offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第二功率的线性值和所述第三功率的线性值的比值等于所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the ratio of the linear value of the second power to the linear value of the third power is equal to the first offset.
作为一个实施例,一个功率的线性值等于10的x1次幂,所述x1等于所述一个功率除以10。As an example, the linear value of a power is equal to 10 raised to the power of x1, and x1 is equal to the power divided by 10.
实施例14Example 14
实施例14示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令中的第一域指示第一偏移量的示意图;如附图14所示。Embodiment 14 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first domain in the first signaling indicates the first offset according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 14 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括DCI,所述第一域包括一个DCI域。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes DCI, and the first domain includes a DCI domain.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括DCI,所述第一域包括DCI域TPC command for scheduled PUSCH。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes DCI, and the first domain includes DCI domain TPC command for scheduled PUSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第一域包括DCI域TPC command for scheduled PUSCH中的信息。As an embodiment, the first domain includes information in the DCI domain TPC command for scheduled PUSCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示一个偏移量。 As an embodiment, the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示一个功率偏移量。As an embodiment, the first field in the first signaling indicates a power offset.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示一个偏移量,所述第一偏移量等于所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示的所述一个偏移量。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset includes: the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset. The first offset is equal to the one offset indicated by the first field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域不被用于确定所述第一功率。As an embodiment, the first domain in the first signaling is not used to determine the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示一个偏移量,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述一个偏移量不被用于确定所述第一功率。As an embodiment, the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset, and the first field in the first signaling indicates that the offset is not used to determine the Describe the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示一个偏移量,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述一个偏移量不被用于计算所述第一功率。As an embodiment, the first field in the first signaling indicates an offset, and the first field in the first signaling indicates that the offset is not used to calculate the Describe the first power.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率和所述第一信令中的所述第一域无关。As an embodiment, the first power has nothing to do with the first domain in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一功率的计算和所述第一信令中的所述第一域无关。As an embodiment, the calculation of the first power has nothing to do with the first domain in the first signaling.
实施例15Example 15
实施例15示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二信令中的第一域指示第二偏移量的示意图;如附图15所示。在实施例15中,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被所述第一节点用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率。Embodiment 15 illustrates a schematic diagram in which the first field in the second signaling indicates the second offset according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 15 . In embodiment 15, the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset is determined by the first node. Used to determine the transmission power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所示第二信令中的所述第一域指示一个TPC(Transmit Power Control)命令(command)。As an embodiment, the first field in the second signaling indicates a TPC (Transmit Power Control) command.
作为一个实施例,所述第二偏移量的单位是dB。As an embodiment, the unit of the second offset is dB.
作为一个实施例,所述第二偏移量没有单位。As an embodiment, the second offset has no unit.
作为一个实施例,所述第二偏移量是一个正实数。As an embodiment, the second offset is a positive real number.
作为一个实施例,所述第二偏移量是实数。As an embodiment, the second offset is a real number.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信号的所述发送功率是实施例11中的所述第二参考功率和所述第二功率阈值中的最小值;所述第二参考功率和实施例11中的所述第八分量线性相关;所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第八分量。As an embodiment, the transmission power of the second signal is the minimum value of the second reference power and the second power threshold in Embodiment 11; the second reference power is the minimum value of the second reference power and the second power threshold in Embodiment 11. The eighth component of is linearly related; the second offset is used to determine the eighth component.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第八分量和所述第二偏移量线性相关,所述第八分量和所述第二偏移量之间的线性系数等于1。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the eighth component and the second offset are linearly related, and the linear coefficient between the eighth component and the second offset is equal to 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域不被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第一域被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first domain in the first signaling is not used to determine the transmission power of the first signal, and the first domain in the second signaling is used to The transmit power of the second signal is determined.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域和所述第二信令中的所述第一域分别指示一个偏移量;所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示的一个偏移量不被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示的一个偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first field in the first signaling and the first field in the second signaling respectively indicate an offset; the third field in the first signaling An offset indicated by a domain is not used to determine the transmission power of the first signal, and an offset indicated by the first domain in the second signaling is used to determine the third The transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一域的解读不同于所述第二信令中的所述第一域的解读。As an embodiment, the interpretation of the first domain in the first signaling is different from the interpretation of the first domain in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,一个信令中的所述第一域的解读和所述一个信令中的所述第三域有关。As an embodiment, the interpretation of the first domain in a signaling is related to the third domain in the signaling.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述一个信令中的所述第一域的解读和所述一个信令中的所述第三域是否和所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合中之一相关联有关。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, whether the interpretation of the first domain in the one signaling and the third domain in the one signaling are consistent with the first SRS resource set and the third One of the two SRS resource collections is associated.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述一个信令中的所述第一域的解读和所述一个信令中的所述第三域是否被预留有关。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the interpretation of the first domain in the one signaling is related to whether the third domain in the one signaling is reserved.
作为一个实施例,一个信令中的所述第四域被用于确定所述一个信令中的所述第一域的解读。As an embodiment, the fourth field in a signaling is used to determine the interpretation of the first field in the signaling.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述一个信令中的所述第四域指示所述一个信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域分别和所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合相关联时,所述一个信令中的所述第一域指示的一个偏移量被用于确定所述一个信令调度的PUSCH被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的功率和被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的功率之间的差值;当所述一个信令中的所述第四域指示所述一个信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域中的仅所述第二域和所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合中之一相关联时,所述一个信令中的所述第一域指示的一个偏移量被用于确定所述一个信令调度的PUSCH的总发送功率。 As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, when the fourth domain in the one signaling indicates that the second domain and the third domain in the one signaling are respectively and the first SRS resource When the set is associated with the second SRS resource set, an offset indicated by the first domain in the one signaling is used to determine that the PUSCH scheduled by the one signaling is used by the first antenna port. The difference between the power of the part sent by the second antenna port group and the power of the part sent by the second antenna port group; when the fourth field in the one signaling indicates the third When only the second domain among the two domains and the third domain is associated with one of the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set, the first in the one signaling An offset indicated by the domain is used to determine the total transmit power of the PUSCH for the one signaling schedule.
实施例16Example 16
实施例16示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一比特子组的L1个候选值,L1个SRS资源组和L1个功控参数组的示意图;如附图16所示。在实施例6中,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。Embodiment 16 illustrates a schematic diagram of L1 candidate values of the first bit subgroup, L1 SRS resource groups and L1 power control parameter groups according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 16 . In Embodiment 6, the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups. , any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values There is a one-to-one correspondence with L1 power control parameter groups, and the first power control parameter group is one of the L1 power control parameter groups that corresponds to the value of the first bit subgroup in the first signaling. Power control parameter group.
在附图16中,所述L1个候选值的索引分别是#0,...,#(L1-1);所述L1个SRS资源组的索引分别是#0,...,#(L1-1);所述L1个功控参数组的索引分别是#0,...,#(L1-1)。In Figure 16, the indexes of the L1 candidate values are #0,...,#(L1-1) respectively; the indexes of the L1 SRS resource groups are #0,...,#( L1-1); the indexes of the L1 power control parameter groups are #0,..., #(L1-1) respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源组是所述L1个SRS资源组中被所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值指示的SRS资源组。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource group is an SRS resource group indicated by the value of the first bit subgroup in the first signaling among the L1 SRS resource groups.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特子组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域。As an embodiment, the first bit subset includes the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特子组由所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域组成。As an embodiment, the first bit subgroup is composed of the second field and the third field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值包括多个候选值。As an embodiment, the candidate values for the value of the first bit subset include multiple candidate values.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值由所述L1个候选值组成。As an embodiment, the candidate values of the value of the first bit subset are composed of the L1 candidate values.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值包括至少一个不属于所述L1个候选值的候选值。As an embodiment, the candidate values of the value of the first bit subset include at least one candidate value that does not belong to the L1 candidate values.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值中任一不属于所述L1个候选值的候选值被预留。As an embodiment, any candidate value among the candidate values of the value of the first bit subset that does not belong to the L1 candidate values is reserved.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值是所述L1个候选值中之一。As an embodiment, the value of the first bit subset in the first signaling is one of the L1 candidate values.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括alfa。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中任一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中任一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes a path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括用于测量路损的参考信号的标识。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes an identification of a reference signal used to measure path loss.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引或路损参考信号身份中的至少之一。As an embodiment, any of the L1 power control parameter groups includes at least one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index or path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引和路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa和功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0和alfa。As an embodiment, any one of the L1 power control parameter groups includes P0 and alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组不包括实施例8中的所述第二功控参数组和所述第三功控参数组。As an embodiment, the L1 power control parameter groups do not include the second power control parameter group and the third power control parameter group in Embodiment 8.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中存在两个功控参数组包括的功控参数被设置为完全相同的值。As an embodiment, the power control parameters included in two of the L1 power control parameter groups are set to exactly the same value.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个功控参数组中存在两个功控参数组包括至少一个被设置为不同值的功控参数。As an embodiment, two power control parameter groups among the L1 power control parameter groups include at least one power control parameter set to a different value.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个候选值和所述L1个功控参数组之间的对应关系是更高层信令配置的。As an embodiment, the correspondence between the L1 candidate values and the L1 power control parameter groups is configured by higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述L1个候选值和所述L1个功控参数组之间的对应关系是一个IE配置的。As an embodiment, the correspondence between the L1 candidate values and the L1 power control parameter groups is configured by an IE.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述一个IE的名称里包括“sri-PUSCH-Mapping”。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the name of the one IE includes "sri-PUSCH-Mapping".
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述一个IE的名称里包括“sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList”。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the name of the one IE includes "sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList".
作为一个实施例,一个功控参数组中的任一功控参数是P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引或路损参考信号身份中之一。As an embodiment, any power control parameter in a power control parameter group is one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index or path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,一个比特子组包括的比特的数量被用于确定所述一个比特子组的值的候选值的数量。 As an embodiment, the number of bits included in a bit subset is used to determine the number of candidate values for the value of the bit subset.
作为一个实施例,一个比特子组的值的候选值的数量等于2的x2次幂,所述x2等于所述一个比特子组包括的比特的数量。As an embodiment, the number of candidate values for the value of a bit subgroup is equal to 2 raised to the power of x2, and x2 is equal to the number of bits included in the one bit subgroup.
作为一个实施例,一个比特子组的值的候选值的数量不大于2的x2次幂,所述x2等于所述一个比特子组包括的比特的数量。As an embodiment, the number of candidate values for the value of a bit subgroup is no greater than 2 to the power of x2, and x2 is equal to the number of bits included in the one bit subgroup.
实施例17Example 17
实施例17示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第二比特子组和Q1个第一类映射列表的示意图;如附图17所示。在实施例17中,所述第一比特组包括第二比特子组;所述第二比特子组的值的候选值包括Q1个候选值,所述Q1是大于1的正整数;所述Q1个候选值和Q1个第一类映射列表一一对应,所述Q1个第一类映射列表中的任一第一类映射列表指示至少一个候选值和至少一个功控参数组之间的对应关系;所述至少一个候选值是至少一个DCI域的值的候选值;第一映射列表是所述Q1个第一类映射列表中和所述第一信令中的所述第二比特子组的值对应的第一类映射列表,所述第一映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值,所述第一映射列表指示所述L1个候选值和所述L1个功控参数组的对应关系。Embodiment 17 illustrates a schematic diagram of the second bit subset and Q1 first-type mapping lists according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 17 . In Embodiment 17, the first bit group includes a second bit subgroup; the candidate values for the value of the second bit subgroup include Q1 candidate values, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the Q1 There is a one-to-one correspondence between candidate values and Q1 first-type mapping lists. Any one of the Q1 first-type mapping lists indicates the correspondence between at least one candidate value and at least one power control parameter group. ; The at least one candidate value is a candidate value of at least one DCI domain value; the first mapping list is the second bit subset in the Q1 first type mapping lists and the first signaling A first type mapping list corresponding to a value, the at least one candidate value corresponding to the first mapping list is the candidate value of the value of the first bit subgroup, and the first mapping list indicates the L1 The corresponding relationship between the candidate values and the L1 power control parameter groups.
在附图17中,所述Q1个候选值的索引分别是#0,...,#(Q1-1);所述Q1个第一类映射列表的索引分别是#0,...,#(Q1-1)。In Figure 17, the indexes of the Q1 candidate values are #0,..., #(Q1-1); the indexes of the Q1 first-type mapping lists are #0,..., #(Q1-1).
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括所述第一比特子组和所述第二比特子组。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes the first bit subgroup and the second bit subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组由所述第一比特子组和所述第二比特子组组成。As an embodiment, the first bit group is composed of the first bit subgroup and the second bit subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表中存在两个完全相同的第一类映射列表。As an embodiment, there are two identical first-type mapping lists among the Q1 first-type mapping lists.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表中存在两个不同的第一类映射列表。As an embodiment, there are two different first-type mapping lists in the Q1 first-type mapping lists.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表中存在一个第一类映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第二域的值的候选值。As an embodiment, there is one candidate value in the Q1 first-type mapping lists corresponding to the at least one candidate value of the first-type mapping list that is the value of the second domain.
作为一个实施例,所述第一映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值,所述第一比特子组包括所述第一信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域。As an embodiment, the at least one candidate value corresponding to the first mapping list is the candidate value of the value of the first bit subset, and the first bit subset includes the value in the first signaling. the second domain and the third domain.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表由更高层信令配置。As an embodiment, the Q1 first type mapping lists are configured by higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表由至少一个IE配置。As an embodiment, the Q1 first type mapping lists are configured by at least one IE.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表由不同IE配置。As an embodiment, the Q1 first type mapping lists are configured by different IEs.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1个第一类映射列表由一个IE的不同域配置。As an embodiment, the Q1 first-type mapping lists are configured by different domains of an IE.
作为一个实施例,第一IE被用于配置所述Q1个第一类映射列表中的至少一个第一类列表,所述第一IE的名称里包括“PUSCH-PowerControl”。As an embodiment, the first IE is used to configure at least one first type list among the Q1 first type mapping lists, and the name of the first IE includes "PUSCH-PowerControl".
作为一个实施例,所述第一IE的第五域被用于配置所述Q1个第一类映射列表中的至少一个第一类列表,所述第五域的名称里包括“sri-PUSCH-Mapping”。As an embodiment, the fifth domain of the first IE is used to configure at least one first-category list among the Q1 first-category mapping lists, and the name of the fifth domain includes “sri-PUSCH- Mapping".
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块被用于配置所述Q1个第一类映射列表中的至少一个第一类映射列表。As an embodiment, the first information block is used to configure at least one first-type mapping list among the Q1 first-type mapping lists.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息块被用于配置所述Q1个第一类映射列表。As an embodiment, the first information block is used to configure the Q1 first type mapping lists.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括第二比特子组;所述第二比特子组的值的候选值包括Q1个候选值,所述Q1是大于1的正整数;所述Q1个候选值分别和Q1个第二类映射列表一一对应,所述Q1个第二类映射列表中的任一第二类映射列表指示至少一个候选值和至少一个SRS资源组之间的映射关系;所述至少一个候选值是至少一个DCI域的值的候选值;第二映射列表是所述Q1个第二类映射列表中和所述第一信令中的所述第二比特子组的值对应的第二类映射列表,所述第二映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第一比特子组的值的所述候选值,所述第二映射列表指示所述L1个候选值和所述L1个SRS资源组之间的对应关系。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes a second bit subgroup; the candidate values of the second bit subgroup include Q1 candidate values, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the Q1 The candidate values correspond one-to-one to Q1 second-type mapping lists, and any second-type mapping list among the Q1 second-type mapping lists indicates a mapping relationship between at least one candidate value and at least one SRS resource group; The at least one candidate value is a candidate value of at least one DCI domain value; the second mapping list is the value of the second bit subset in the Q1 second type mapping lists and the first signaling Corresponding second type mapping list, the at least one candidate value corresponding to the second mapping list is the candidate value of the value of the first bit subset, the second mapping list indicates the L1 candidates The corresponding relationship between the value and the L1 SRS resource groups.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述Q1个第二类映射列表中存在第一给定类映射列表和第二给定映射列表;所述第一给定映射列表对应的任一SRS资源组仅包括所述第一SRS资源集合中的SRS资源;所述第二给定映射列表对应的任一SRS资源组仅包括所述第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, there are a first given class mapping list and a second given mapping list in the Q1 second class mapping lists; any SRS resource corresponding to the first given mapping list The group only includes SRS resources in the first SRS resource set; any SRS resource group corresponding to the second given mapping list only includes SRS resources in the second SRS resource set.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述Q1个第二类映射列表是预定义的。 As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, the Q1 second type mapping lists are predefined.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述Q1个第二类映射列表中存在一个第二类映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第二域的值的候选值。As a sub-embodiment of the above embodiment, among the Q1 second-type mapping lists, there is one second-type mapping list in which the at least one candidate value corresponding to the second-type mapping list is a candidate value of the value of the second domain.
作为一个实施例,所述第二比特子组包括所述第一信令中的所述第四域。As an embodiment, the second bit subset includes the fourth field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二比特子组由所述第一信令中的所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the second bit subset is composed of the fourth field in the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二比特组包括第三比特子组,所述第三比特子组的值的候选值包括L2个候选值,所述L2是大于1的正整数;所述L2个候选值分别指示L2个SRS资源组;所述L2个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组中的每个SRS资源都属于所述目标SRS资源集合;所述L2个候选值和L2个功控参数组一一对应,所述目标功控参数组是所述L2个功控参数组中和所述第二信令中的所述第三比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。As an embodiment, the second bit group includes a third bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the third bit subgroup include L2 candidate values, where the L2 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L2 The candidate values respectively indicate L2 SRS resource groups; each SRS resource in any SRS resource group among the L2 SRS resource groups belongs to the target SRS resource set; the L2 candidate values and the L2 power control The parameter groups have a one-to-one correspondence, and the target power control parameter group is a power control parameter group among the L2 power control parameter groups that corresponds to the value of the third bit subgroup in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三比特子组包括所述第二信令中的所述第二域和所述第三域中的仅所述第二域。As an embodiment, the third bit subset includes the second field in the second signaling and only the second field in the third field.
作为一个实施例,所述第三比特子组由所述第二信令中的所述第二域组成。As an embodiment, the third bit subgroup is composed of the second field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括alfa。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中任一功控参数组包括功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes a path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa,功率控制调节状态索引或路损参考信号身份中的至少之一。As an embodiment, any of the L2 power control parameter groups includes at least one of P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index or path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa和功率控制调节状态索引和路损参考信号身份。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa, power control adjustment state index and path loss reference signal identity.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0,alfa和功率控制调节状态索引。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0, alfa and a power control adjustment state index.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中的任一功控参数组包括P0和alfa。As an embodiment, any one of the L2 power control parameter groups includes P0 and alfa.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中存在两个功控参数组包括的功控参数被设置为完全相同的值。As an embodiment, the power control parameters included in two power control parameter groups among the L2 power control parameter groups are set to exactly the same value.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个功控参数组中存在两个功控参数组包括至少一个被设置为不同值的功控参数。As an embodiment, two power control parameter groups among the L2 power control parameter groups include at least one power control parameter set to a different value.
作为一个实施例,所述L2个候选值和所述L2个功控参数组之间的对应关系是更高层信令配置的。As an embodiment, the correspondence between the L2 candidate values and the L2 power control parameter groups is configured by higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二比特组包括第四比特子组,所述第四比特子组的值是所述Q1个候选值中之一;第三映射列表是所述Q1个第一类映射列表中和所述第二信令中的所述第四比特子组的值对应的第一类映射列表,所述第三映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第三比特子组的值的所述候选值;所述第三映射列表指示所述L2个候选值和所述L2个功控参数组之间的对应关系。As an embodiment, the second bit group includes a fourth bit subgroup, the value of the fourth bit subgroup is one of the Q1 candidate values; the third mapping list is the Q1 first type A first type of mapping list corresponding to the value of the fourth bit subgroup in the second signaling, and the at least one candidate value corresponding to the third mapping list is the third bit subgroup. The candidate values of the group of values; the third mapping list indicates the correspondence between the L2 candidate values and the L2 power control parameter groups.
作为一个实施例,所述第二比特组包括第四比特子组,所述第四比特子组的值是所述Q1个候选值中之一;第四映射列表是所述Q1个第二类映射列表中和所述第二信令中的所述第四比特子组的值对应的第二类映射列表,所述第四映射列表对应的所述至少一个候选值是所述第三比特子组的值的所述候选值;所述第四映射列表指示所述L2个候选值和所述L2个SRS资源组之间的对应关系。As an embodiment, the second bit group includes a fourth bit subgroup, the value of the fourth bit subgroup is one of the Q1 candidate values; the fourth mapping list is the Q1 second type A second type of mapping list corresponding to the value of the fourth bit subgroup in the second signaling, where the at least one candidate value corresponding to the fourth mapping list is the third bit subgroup. The candidate values of the group value; the fourth mapping list indicates the correspondence between the L2 candidate values and the L2 SRS resource groups.
作为一个实施例,所述第四比特子组包括所述第二信令中的所述第四域。As an embodiment, the fourth bit subset includes the fourth field in the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第四比特子组由所述第二信令中的所述第四域组成。As an embodiment, the fourth bit subgroup is composed of the fourth field in the second signaling.
实施例18Example 18
实施例18示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第一节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图;如附图18所示。在附图18中,第一节点设备中的处理装置1800包括第一接收机1801和第一发送机1802。Embodiment 18 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node device according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 18 . In Figure 18, the processing device 1800 in the first node device includes a first receiver 1801 and a first transmitter 1802.
在实施例18中,第一接收机1801接收第一信令;第一发送机1802发送第一信号。In Embodiment 18, the first receiver 1801 receives the first signaling; the first transmitter 1802 sends the first signal.
在实施例18中,所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一信号的调度信息;所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资 源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。In Embodiment 18, the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal; the first signaling includes a first bit group, and the first bit in the first signaling The group is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine an antenna port for transmitting the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS Resource subgroups; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup each include at least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup The source belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource. ; The first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1801接收第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1801 receives a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1; wherein, the first information block A power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first of the P power control parameter groups. A set of power control parameters is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1801接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;所述第一发送机1802发送所述第二信号;其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1801 receives second signaling, which is used to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; the first transmitter 1802 sends the second signal; wherein , the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine whether to send the the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the first An SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the Describe the target power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; the first signal is used by the third antenna port group. One antenna port group and the second antenna port group transmit; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the third Second power, the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power. difference.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset is used to determine the first The transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, where L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 The candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set. SRS resources; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 power control parameter group and the third parameter in the first signaling. A power control parameter group corresponding to the value of a one-bit subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点设备是用户设备。As an embodiment, the first node device is user equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点设备是中继节点设备。As an embodiment, the first node device is a relay node device.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是一个DCI;所述第一SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”和所述第二SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”都被设置为“nonCodebook”或都被设置为“codebook”;所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合由第一更高层参数配置,所述第一更高层参数的名称里包括“srs-ResourceSetToAddModList”;所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first signaling is a DCI; the higher-layer parameter "usage" associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-layer parameter "usage" associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "nonCodebook" or both are set to "codebook"; the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured by a first higher-level parameter, and the name of the first higher-level parameter includes "srs-ResourceSetToAddModList "; The number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点被配置了第二更高层参数,所述第二更高层参数的名称里包括“sfn”和“scheme”。As an embodiment, the first node is configured with a second higher-level parameter, and the name of the second higher-level parameter includes "sfn" and "scheme".
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group. The bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1801包括实施例4中的{天线452,接收器454,接收处理器456,多天线接收处理器458,控制器/处理器459,存储器460,数据源467}中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1801 includes the {antenna 452, receiver 454, receiving processor 456, multi-antenna receiving processor 458, controller/processor 459, memory 460, and data source in Embodiment 4. At least one of 467}.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发送机1802包括实施例4中的{天线452,发射器454,发射处理器468,多天线发射处理器457,控制器/处理器459,存储器460,数据源467}中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1802 includes the {antenna 452, transmitter 454, transmission processor 468, multi-antenna transmission processor 457, controller/processor 459, memory 460, data source in Embodiment 4. At least one of 467}.
实施例19Example 19
实施例19示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第二节点设备中的处理装置的结构框图;如附图19 所示。在附图19中,第二节点设备中的处理装置1900包括第二发送机1901和第二接收机1902。Embodiment 19 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node device according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in Figure 19 shown. In Figure 19, the processing device 1900 in the second node device includes a second transmitter 1901 and a second receiver 1902.
在实施例19中,第二发送机1901发送第一信令;第二接收机1902接收第一信号。In Embodiment 19, the second transmitter 1901 sends the first signaling; the second receiver 1902 receives the first signal.
在实施例19中,所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一信号的调度信息;所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。In Embodiment 19, the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal; the first signaling includes a first bit group, and the first bit in the first signaling The group is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine an antenna port for transmitting the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS Resource subgroups; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup each include at least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, so Any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to a second SRS resource set, and the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set respectively include at least one SRS resource; the first power control parameter group is used To determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group.
根据本申请的一个方面,其特征在于,所述第二发送机发送第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。According to one aspect of the present application, it is characterized in that the second transmitter sends a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, and the P is a positive integer greater than 1; Wherein, the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发送机1901发送第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;所述第二接收机1902接收所述第二信号;其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1901 sends second signaling, which is used to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; the second receiver 1902 receives the second signal; wherein , the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine whether to send the the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the first An SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the Describe the target power control parameter group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。As an embodiment, the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; the first signal is used by the third antenna port group. One antenna port group and the second antenna port group transmit; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the third Second power, the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power. difference.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset is used to determine the first The transmit power of the second signal.
作为一个实施例于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。As an embodiment, the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, the candidate values of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, and the L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 The candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource belonging to the first SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set. SRS resources; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 power control parameter group and the first signaling A power control parameter group corresponding to the value of the first bit subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点设备是基站设备。As an embodiment, the second node device is a base station device.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点设备是用户设备。As an embodiment, the second node device is user equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点设备是中继节点设备。As an embodiment, the second node device is a relay node device.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是一个DCI;所述第一SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”和所述第二SRS资源集合关联的更高层参数“usage”都被设置为“nonCodebook”或都被设置为“codebook”;所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合由第一更高层参数配置,所述第一更高层参数的名称里包括“srs-ResourceSetToAddModList”;所述第一SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量等于所述第二SRS资源子组包括的SRS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first signaling is a DCI; the higher-layer parameter "usage" associated with the first SRS resource set and the higher-layer parameter "usage" associated with the second SRS resource set are both set to "nonCodebook" or both are set to "codebook"; the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set are configured by a first higher-level parameter, and the name of the first higher-level parameter includes "srs-ResourceSetToAddModList "; The number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource subgroup is equal to the number of SRS resources included in the second SRS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组的意思包括:所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定:所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。As an embodiment, the meaning of the sentence that the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group includes: the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the first power control parameter group. The bit group is used to determine: the first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发送机1901包括实施例4中的{天线420,发射器418,发射处理器416,多天线发射处理器471,控制器/处理器475,存储器476}中的至少之一。 As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1901 includes {antenna 420, transmitter 418, transmission processor 416, multi-antenna transmission processor 471, controller/processor 475, memory 476} in Embodiment 4. At least one.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1902包括实施例4中的{天线420,接收器418,接收处理器470,多天线接收处理器472,控制器/处理器475,存储器476}中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1902 includes {antenna 420, receiver 418, receiving processor 470, multi-antenna receiving processor 472, controller/processor 475, memory 476} in Embodiment 4. At least one.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序来指令相关硬件完成,所述程序可以存储于计算机可读存储介质中,如只读存储器,硬盘或者光盘等。可选的,上述实施例的全部或部分步骤也可以使用一个或者多个集成电路来实现。相应的,上述实施例中的各模块单元,可以采用硬件形式实现,也可以由软件功能模块的形式实现,本申请不限于任何特定形式的软件和硬件的结合。本申请中的用户设备、终端和UE包括但不限于无人机,无人机上的通信模块,遥控飞机,飞行器,小型飞机,手机,平板电脑,笔记本,车载通信设备,,交通工具,车辆,RSU,无线传感器,上网卡,物联网终端,RFID终端,NB-IOT终端,MTC(Machine Type Communication,机器类型通信)终端,eMTC(enhanced MTC,增强的MTC)终端,数据卡,上网卡,车载通信设备,低成本手机,低成本平板电脑等无线通信设备。本申请中的基站或者系统设备包括但不限于宏蜂窝基站,微蜂窝基站,小蜂窝基站,家庭基站,中继基站,eNB,gNB,TRP(Transmitter Receiver Point,发送接收节点),GNSS,中继卫星,卫星基站,空中基站,RSU(Road Side Unit,路边单元),无人机,测试设备,例如模拟基站部分功能的收发装置或信令测试仪等无线通信设备。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps in the above method can be completed by instructing relevant hardware through a program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, such as a read-only memory, a hard disk or an optical disk. Optionally, all or part of the steps of the above embodiments can also be implemented using one or more integrated circuits. Correspondingly, each module unit in the above embodiments can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. This application is not limited to any specific form of combination of software and hardware. User equipment, terminals and UEs in this application include but are not limited to drones, communication modules on drones, remote control aircraft, aircraft, small aircraft, mobile phones, tablets, notebooks, vehicle-mounted communication equipment, vehicles, vehicles, RSU, wireless sensor, network card, Internet of Things terminal, RFID terminal, NB-IOT terminal, MTC (Machine Type Communication, machine type communication) terminal, eMTC (enhanced MTC, enhanced MTC) terminal, data card, network card, vehicle Communication equipment, low-cost mobile phones, low-cost tablet computers and other wireless communication equipment. The base station or system equipment in this application includes but is not limited to macro cell base station, micro cell base station, small cell base station, home base station, relay base station, eNB, gNB, TRP (Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node), GNSS, relay Satellites, satellite base stations, air base stations, RSU (Road Side Unit), drones, test equipment, such as wireless communication equipment such as transceivers or signaling testers that simulate some functions of the base station.
本领域的技术人员应当理解,本发明可以通过不脱离其核心或基本特点的其它指定形式来实施。因此,目前公开的实施例无论如何都应被视为描述性而不是限制性的。发明的范围由所附的权利要求而不是前面的描述确定,在其等效意义和区域之内的所有改动都被认为已包含在其中。 It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the present invention may be embodied in other specified forms without departing from its core or essential characteristics. Accordingly, the presently disclosed embodiments are to be regarded in any way as illustrative rather than restrictive. The scope of the invention is determined by the appended claims rather than the foregoing description, and all modifications within the meaning and range of equivalents are deemed to be included therein.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种被用于无线通信的第一节点设备,其特征在于,包括:A first node device used for wireless communication, characterized by including:
    第一接收机,接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;A first receiver receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
    第一发送机,发送所述第一信号;A first transmitter sends the first signal;
    其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的第一节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一接收机接收第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。The first node device according to claim 1, characterized in that the first receiver receives a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, and the P is greater than A positive integer of 1; wherein the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the P The first power control parameter set in the power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的第一节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一接收机接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;所述第一发送机发送所述第二信号;其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。The first node device according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the first receiver receives second signaling, and the second signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; A transmitter sends the second signal; wherein the second signaling includes a second bit group, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the The second SRS resource group is used to determine the antenna port for transmitting the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, and any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to the target SRS resource set , the target SRS resource set is the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; the target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the The second set of bits is used to determine the target power control parameter set.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。The first node device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group. Used to determine the second antenna port group; the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group. The transmission power of the part of a signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the second power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的第一节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。The first node device according to claim 4, wherein the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的第一节点设备,其特征在于,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。The first node device according to claim 3, characterized in that the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the third Two offsets are used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一权利要求所述的第一节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。The first node device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, the L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource group belonging to the first The SRS resources of the SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 One power control parameter group corresponding to the value of the first bit subset in the first signaling among the power control parameter groups.
  8. 一种被用于无线通信的第二节点设备,其特征在于,包括:A second node device used for wireless communication, characterized by including:
    第二发送机,发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;The second transmitter sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the first signal;
    第二接收机,接收所述第一信号;a second receiver to receive the first signal;
    其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。 Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的第二节点设备,其特征在于,所述第二发送机发送第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。The second node device according to claim 8, characterized in that the second transmitter sends a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, and the P is greater than A positive integer of 1; wherein the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine the P The first power control parameter set in the power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的第二节点设备,其特征在于,所述第二发送机发送第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;所述第二接收机接收所述第二信号;其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。The second node device according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that the second transmitter sends second signaling, and the second signaling is used to determine the scheduling information of the second signal; Two receivers receive the second signal; wherein the second signaling includes a second bit group, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the The second SRS resource group is used to determine the antenna port for transmitting the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, and any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to the target SRS resource set , the target SRS resource set is the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; the target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the The second set of bits is used to determine the target power control parameter set.
  11. 根据权利要求8至10中任一权利要求所述的第二节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。The second node device according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group. Used to determine the second antenna port group; the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group. The transmission power of the part of a signal transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the second power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used to determine the difference between the second power and the third power.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的第二节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。The second node device according to claim 11, wherein the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的第二节点设备,其特征在于,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。The second node device according to claim 10, characterized in that the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the third Two offsets are used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  14. 根据权利要求8至13中任一权利要求所述的第二节点设备,其特征在于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。The second node device according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values, the L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource group belonging to the first The SRS resources of the SRS resource set and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 One power control parameter group corresponding to the value of the first bit subset in the first signaling among the power control parameter groups.
  15. 一种被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method used in a first node of wireless communication, characterized by comprising:
    接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;Receive first signaling, the first signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
    发送所述第一信号;sending the first signal;
    其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method of claim 15, comprising:
    接收第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;Receive a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1;
    其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。Wherein, the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that it includes:
    接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;Receive second signaling, the second signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the second signal;
    发送所述第二信号;Send the second signal;
    其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第 一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。Wherein, the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the No. An SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmission power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine the Describe the target power control parameter group.
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, characterized in that the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the first signal is transmitted by The transmission power of the part transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the second power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used A difference between the second power and the third power is determined.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。The method of claim 18, wherein the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。The method of claim 17, wherein the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset The quantity is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  21. 根据权利要求15至20中任一权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 20, wherein the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values. , the L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource group belonging to the first SRS resource set SRS resources and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 power control parameter group. A power control parameter group in the parameter group corresponding to the value of the first bit subgroup in the first signaling.
  22. 一种被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method used in a second node for wireless communication, characterized by comprising:
    发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于确定第一信号的调度信息;Send first signaling, the first signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the first signal;
    接收所述第一信号;receiving the first signal;
    其中,所述第一信令包括第一比特组,所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定第一SRS资源组,所述第一SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第一信号的天线端口;所述第一SRS资源组包括第一SRS资源子组和第二SRS资源子组;所述第一SRS资源子组和所述第二SRS资源子组分别包括至少一个SRS资源;所述第一SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第一SRS资源集合,所述第二SRS资源子组中的任一SRS资源属于第二SRS资源集合,所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合分别包括至少一个SRS资源;第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的发送功率;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述第一功控参数组。Wherein, the first signaling includes a first bit group, the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine a first SRS resource group, and the first SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission The antenna port of the first signal; the first SRS resource group includes a first SRS resource subgroup and a second SRS resource subgroup; the first SRS resource subgroup and the second SRS resource subgroup respectively include At least one SRS resource; any SRS resource in the first SRS resource subgroup belongs to the first SRS resource set, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource subgroup belongs to the second SRS resource set, and the third An SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set each include at least one SRS resource; a first power control parameter group is used to determine the transmission power of the first signal; the first signal in the first signaling A set of bits is used to determine the first set of power control parameters.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method according to claim 22, characterized in that it includes:
    发送第一信息块;所述第一信息块被用于配置P个功控参数组,所述P是大于1的正整数;Send a first information block; the first information block is used to configure P power control parameter groups, where P is a positive integer greater than 1;
    其中,所述第一功控参数组是所述P个功控参数组中之一;所述第一信令中的所述第一比特组被用于确定所述P个功控参数组中的所述第一功控参数组被用于确定所述第一信号的所述发送功率。Wherein, the first power control parameter group is one of the P power control parameter groups; the first bit group in the first signaling is used to determine which of the P power control parameter groups The first power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the first signal.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:The method according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that it includes:
    发送第二信令,所述第二信令被用于确定第二信号的调度信息;Send second signaling, the second signaling being used to determine scheduling information of the second signal;
    接收所述第二信号;receiving the second signal;
    其中,所述第二信令包括第二比特组,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定第二SRS资源组,所述第二SRS资源组被用于确定发送所述第二信号的天线端口;所述第二SRS资源组包括至少一个SRS资源,所述第二SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源属于目标SRS资源集合,所述目标SRS资源集合是所述第一SRS资源集合或所述第二SRS资源集合;目标功控参数组被用于确定所述第二信号的发送功率,所述第二信令中的所述第二比特组被用于确定所述目标功控参数组。Wherein, the second signaling includes a second bit group, the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine a second SRS resource group, and the second SRS resource group is used to determine the transmission the antenna port of the second signal; the second SRS resource group includes at least one SRS resource, any SRS resource in the second SRS resource group belongs to a target SRS resource set, and the target SRS resource set is the The first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set; a target power control parameter set is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal, and the second bit group in the second signaling is used to determine The target power control parameter group.
  25. 根据权利要求22至24中任一权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一SRS资源子组被用于确定第一天线端口组,所述第二SRS资源子组被用于确定第二天线端口组;所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组和所述第二天线端口组发送;所述第一信号的所述发送功率等于第一功率,所述第一信号被所述第一天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第二功率,所述第一信号被所述第二天线端口组发送的部分的发送功率等于第三功率;第一偏移量被用于确定所述第二功率和所述第三功率之间的差值。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, characterized in that the first SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a first antenna port group, and the second SRS resource subgroup is used to determine a second antenna port group; the first signal is transmitted by the first antenna port group and the second antenna port group; the transmission power of the first signal is equal to the first power, and the first signal is transmitted by The transmission power of the part transmitted by the first antenna port group is equal to the second power, and the transmission power of the part of the first signal transmitted by the second antenna port group is equal to the third power; the first offset is used A difference between the second power and the third power is determined.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令包括第一域,所述第一信令中的所述第一域指示所述第一偏移量。 The method of claim 25, wherein the first signaling includes a first field, and the first field in the first signaling indicates the first offset.
  27. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信令包括第一域,所述第二信令中的所述第一域指示第二偏移量,所述第二偏移量被用于确定所述第二信号的所述发送功率。The method of claim 24, wherein the second signaling includes a first field, the first field in the second signaling indicates a second offset, and the second offset The quantity is used to determine the transmit power of the second signal.
  28. 根据权利要求22至27中任一权利要求所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特组包括第一比特子组,所述第一比特子组的值的候选值包括L1个候选值,所述L1是大于1的正整数;所述L1个候选值分别指示L1个SRS资源组,所述L1个SRS资源组中的任一SRS资源组包括至少一个属于所述第一SRS资源集合的SRS资源和至少一个属于所述第二SRS资源集合的SRS资源;所述L1个候选值和L1个功控参数组一一对应,所述第一功控参数组是所述L1个功控参数组中和所述第一信令中的所述第一比特子组的值对应的一个功控参数组。 The method according to any one of claims 22 to 27, wherein the first bit group includes a first bit subgroup, and candidate values for the value of the first bit subgroup include L1 candidate values. , the L1 is a positive integer greater than 1; the L1 candidate values respectively indicate L1 SRS resource groups, and any SRS resource group among the L1 SRS resource groups includes at least one SRS resource group belonging to the first SRS resource set SRS resources and at least one SRS resource belonging to the second SRS resource set; the L1 candidate values correspond to the L1 power control parameter groups one-to-one, and the first power control parameter group is the L1 power control parameter group. A power control parameter group in the parameter group corresponding to the value of the first bit subgroup in the first signaling.
PCT/CN2023/096856 2022-05-30 2023-05-29 Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node WO2023231971A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210598643.5 2022-05-30
CN202210598643 2022-05-30
CN202210670344.8 2022-06-14
CN202210670344.8A CN117200951A (en) 2022-05-30 2022-06-14 Method and apparatus in a node for wireless communication

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023231971A1 true WO2023231971A1 (en) 2023-12-07

Family

ID=88983840

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/096856 WO2023231971A1 (en) 2022-05-30 2023-05-29 Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117200951A (en)
WO (1) WO2023231971A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108924920A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-11-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Send power determining method and configuration method, terminal and base station
WO2019197526A1 (en) * 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Sounding reference signal power control in new radio
CN110741592A (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-01-31 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Multi-resource uplink sounding and antenna subset transmission
WO2021031949A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink transmission method, terminal, and network-side device
WO2021093138A1 (en) * 2020-01-03 2021-05-20 Zte Corporation Methods and devices for enhancement on sounding reference signal (srs) transmission signaling
CN116456394A (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-18 华为技术有限公司 Uplink sending method based on multiple panels and related device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108924920A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-11-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Send power determining method and configuration method, terminal and base station
CN110741592A (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-01-31 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Multi-resource uplink sounding and antenna subset transmission
WO2019197526A1 (en) * 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Sounding reference signal power control in new radio
WO2021031949A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink transmission method, terminal, and network-side device
WO2021093138A1 (en) * 2020-01-03 2021-05-20 Zte Corporation Methods and devices for enhancement on sounding reference signal (srs) transmission signaling
CN116456394A (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-18 华为技术有限公司 Uplink sending method based on multiple panels and related device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Remaining details of UL power control design", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #93, R1-1805963, 20 May 2018 (2018-05-20), XP051441182 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117200951A (en) 2023-12-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113271193B (en) Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication
WO2021052166A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2021043105A1 (en) Method and apparatus for node in wireless communications
WO2020216015A1 (en) Method and device in node used for wireless communication
CN113207163B (en) Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication
WO2018192350A1 (en) User device, and method and device in base station for multi-antenna transmission
WO2020001228A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in wireless communication nodes
WO2019228145A1 (en) Method and device used in wireless communication node
WO2022166702A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2021031950A1 (en) Method and device in node used for wireless communication
WO2023231971A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node
CN114828035A (en) Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication
WO2023241548A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2023185522A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2023155740A1 (en) Method and apparatus in nodes used for wireless communication
WO2023109536A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communications
WO2023221904A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node
WO2021143512A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node
WO2023193673A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2023138554A2 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2023093516A1 (en) Method and device used in node for wireless communication
WO2023202416A1 (en) Method used in node for wireless communication and apparatus
WO2023020453A1 (en) Method and device used in node for wireless communication
WO2023025014A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for wireless communication
WO2024027693A1 (en) Method and device for use in wireless communication node

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23815151

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1